[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2018141309A1 - 一种信号发送方法、相关设备及系统 - Google Patents

一种信号发送方法、相关设备及系统 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018141309A1
WO2018141309A1 PCT/CN2018/075455 CN2018075455W WO2018141309A1 WO 2018141309 A1 WO2018141309 A1 WO 2018141309A1 CN 2018075455 W CN2018075455 W CN 2018075455W WO 2018141309 A1 WO2018141309 A1 WO 2018141309A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
block
transport block
terminal device
coding
signal
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2018/075455
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
张磊
吕永霞
马蕊香
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN201710685928.1A external-priority patent/CN108400857B/zh
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2018141309A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018141309A1/zh
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a signal sending method, related device, and system.
  • the fifth-generation mobile communication technology (English: 5th-Generation, 5G for short) needs to support various services, such as Enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB) services, extremely high reliability and low latency communication (Ultra-reliable/ Low latency communication (URLLC) service, Massive machine-type communication (Massive MTC) service, etc., wherein eMBB service has higher requirements on transmission rate, signal coverage, transmission delay, mobility, etc.; URLLC service Reliability, mobility, and transmission delay are extremely high; Massive MTC services require a high number of connections per unit area (connection density) and signal coverage.
  • eMBB Enhanced Mobile Broadband
  • URLLC ultra-reliable/ Low latency communication
  • MassiveMBB service has higher requirements on transmission rate, signal coverage, transmission delay, mobility, etc.
  • URLLC service Reliability, mobility, and transmission delay are extremely high
  • Massive MTC services require a high number of connections per unit area (connection density) and signal coverage.
  • the URLLC service has a significantly higher latency requirement than the eMBB service.
  • the scheduling time unit of the URLLC service needs to be significantly smaller than the scheduling time unit (and/or transmission duration) of the eMBB service.
  • a network device referred to as a related device on the network side, for example, a base station gNB of 5G, a base station eNB of 4G, etc.
  • an eMBB terminal device may be allocated to an eMBB terminal device (refer to a related device on the user side, for example, a user device (User The time-frequency resources of Equipment, UE) are re-allocated to the URLLC service to ensure the extremely high latency of the URLLC.
  • UE User The time-frequency resources of Equipment
  • the time-frequency resources allocated by the URLLC service to the eMBB terminal device may affect the transmission of the eMBB terminal device, for example, reducing the reliability of the eMBB transmission, and how to utilize the resource occupation to satisfy the URLLC service requirement while reducing the reliability of the data transmission of the encroached eMBB terminal device.
  • the impact of sex is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • Embodiments of the present invention provide a signal transmission method, related device, and system, which can provide accuracy of signal decoding.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a signal sending method, where the method includes: the network device sends a transport block TB to the terminal device, where the transport block is the Nth transmitted transport block and the transport block includes at least one coded block. CB; the network device sends control information to the terminal device, where the control information includes identification information indicating a coding block in the at least one coding block, the control information is used to indicate that the terminal device discards the Part or all of a signal indicating that the terminal device receives the second signal, the second signal is used by the terminal device to decode the coding block indicated by the identification information, and the discarded first signal is not used for the terminal device Decoding the coded block indicated by the identifier information, the first signal is a received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Nth time, and the second signal is the Mth time received by the terminal device
  • the received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identification information, M and N are both positive integers and
  • the network device determines that the affected coded block (ie, the target coded block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then sends control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the first signal corresponding to the affected coded block. And instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block, and in response, the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information, and then according to the second signal
  • the affected coded block is decoded without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, making the decoded result more accurate.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device determines, as the target coding block, a coding block that satisfies a preset condition in the at least one coding block, where the identification information is used to indicate the target coding block.
  • the preset condition includes at least one of: the affected time-frequency resource in the used time-frequency resource The proportion occupied reaches a preset threshold; the used MCS scheme belongs to the preset MCS scheme; the used RV sequence number is equal to the preset RV sequence number.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a signal receiving method, where the method includes: receiving, by a terminal device, a transport block TB sent by a network device, where the transport block is a transport block sent by the network device for the Nth time, and the transport block includes at least a coding block CB; the terminal device receives control information sent by the network device, the control information includes identification information indicating a coding block in the at least one coding block; and the terminal device discards the received information according to the indication of the control information Part or all of the first signal and receiving the second signal; the first signal is a received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Nth time, and the second signal is the terminal device M received the received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identification information, M and N are both positive integers and M is greater than N; the terminal device decodes the coded block indicated by the identification information according to the second signal, not based on The discarded first signal decodes the coded
  • the network device determines that the affected coded block (ie, the target coded block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then sends control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the first signal corresponding to the affected coded block. And instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block, and in response, the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information, and then according to the second signal
  • the affected coded block is decoded without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, making the decoded result more accurate.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a network device, where the network device includes a first sending unit and a second sending unit, where: the first sending unit is configured to send a transport block TB to the terminal device, where the transport block is a transmission block transmitted N times and the transmission block includes at least one coding block CB; the second transmission unit is configured to send control information to the terminal device, the control information including an identifier for indicating a coding block in the at least one coding block Information, the control information is used to indicate that the terminal device discards part or all of the first signal received by the terminal device, and indicates that the terminal device receives the second signal, where the second signal is used by the terminal device for the identifier information
  • the coded block is decoded, and the discarded first signal is not used by the terminal device to decode the coded block indicated by the identifier information, where the first signal is the code indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Nth time. a received signal corresponding to the block, where the second signal is
  • the network device determines that the affected coding block (ie, the target coding block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then sends control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the first signal corresponding to the affected coding block, And instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block, and in response, the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information, and then according to the second signal
  • the affected coded block is decoded without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, making the decoded result more accurate.
  • the network device further includes: a determining unit: a determining unit, configured to: after the first sending unit sends the transport block TB to the terminal device, the second Before the sending unit sends the control information to the terminal device, the coding block that satisfies the preset condition in the at least one coding block is determined as the target coding block, and the identification information is used to indicate the target coding block.
  • a determining unit a determining unit, configured to: after the first sending unit sends the transport block TB to the terminal device, the second Before the sending unit sends the control information to the terminal device, the coding block that satisfies the preset condition in the at least one coding block is determined as the target coding block, and the identification information is used to indicate the target coding block.
  • the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the affected time-frequency resource in the used time-frequency resource The proportion occupied reaches a preset threshold; the used MCS scheme belongs to the preset MCS scheme; the used RV sequence number is equal to the preset RV sequence number.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a first receiving unit, a second receiving unit, a processing unit, and a decoding unit, where: the first receiving unit is configured to receive a transmission sent by the network device.
  • the transport block is a transport block sent by the network device for the Nth time, and the transport block includes at least one coded block CB
  • the second receiving unit is configured to receive control information sent by the network device, where the control information is included for And indicating, by the processing unit, the partial or all signals in the received first signal and receiving the second signal according to the indication of the control information
  • the first signal is a received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Nth time
  • the second signal being a received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Mth time, M and N a positive integer and M is greater than N
  • the decoding unit is configured to decode the coded block indicated by the identifier information according to the second signal, and not according to the discarded first signal Coding block decoding of the identification information indicates.
  • the network device determines that the affected coding block (ie, the target coding block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then sends control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the first signal corresponding to the affected coding block, And instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block, and in response, the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information, and then according to the second signal
  • the affected coded block is decoded without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, making the decoded result more accurate.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a network device, where the network device includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, where the processor is configured to store a program and data, and the processor executes a program in the memory to perform the following operations. :
  • the control device transmitting control information to the terminal device, the control information comprising And identifier information for indicating the coding block in the at least one coding block, the control information is used to indicate that the terminal device discards part or all of the first signal received by the terminal device and instructs the terminal device to receive the second signal
  • the second signal is used by the terminal device to decode the coding block indicated by the identification information, and the discarded first signal is not used by the terminal device to decode the coding block indicated by the identification information, where the first signal is a received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Nth time, the second signal being a received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Mth time, M and N Is a positive integer and M is greater than N.
  • the network device determines that the affected coded block (ie, the target coded block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then sends control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the first signal corresponding to the affected coded block. And instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block, and in response, the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information, and then according to the second signal
  • the affected coded block is decoded without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, making the decoded result more accurate.
  • the processor after the processor sends the transmission block TB to the terminal device by using the transceiver, the processor sends the control information to the terminal device by using the transceiver And the processor is further configured to determine, as the target coding block, a coding block that satisfies a preset condition in the at least one coding block, where the identification information is used to indicate the target coding block.
  • the preset condition includes at least one of the following: the affected time-frequency resource in the used time-frequency resource The proportion occupied reaches a preset threshold; the used MCS scheme belongs to the preset MCS scheme; the used RV sequence number is equal to the preset RV sequence number.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, and a transceiver, where the memory is used to store programs and data, and the processor calls a program in the memory to perform the following operations. :
  • the transport block is a transport block sent by the network device for the Nth time, and the transport block includes at least one coding block CB; and receiving, by the transceiver, control information sent by the network device And the control information includes identification information indicating a coding block in the at least one coding block; discarding part or all of the received first signal according to the indication of the control information and receiving the second signal; the first signal And a received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device for the Nth time, the second signal is a received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Mth time, M and N is a positive integer and M is greater than N; the coding block indicated by the identification information is decoded according to the second signal, and the coding block indicated by the identification information is not decoded according to the discarded first signal.
  • the network device determines that the affected coded block (ie, the target coded block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then sends control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the first signal corresponding to the affected coded block. And instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block, and in response, the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information, and then according to the second signal
  • the affected coded block is decoded without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, making the decoded result more accurate.
  • each of the partial bits in the identification information indicates one of the coding blocks;
  • each bit in the identification information indicates one of the coded blocks;
  • at least one bit in the identification information is used to indicate a plurality of the coded blocks.
  • the transport block includes at least a first transport block and a second transport block, and the identifier information is used to indicate the first code block to enable the terminal device to determine according to a predefined rule.
  • the content defined by the predefined rule includes: if the time-frequency resource used by the first coding block and the time-frequency resource used by the second coding block are at the same position of different time-frequency resource layers, or if the first coding block The time-frequency resource used has an overlapping portion with the time-frequency resource used by the second coding block but is at a different time-frequency resource layer, and when the terminal device receives the identification information indicating the first coding block, the terminal device The first coded block and the second coded block may be determined according to the identification information.
  • the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time uses a coding rate that is greater than the coding rate used by the second coding block sent by the Nth time.
  • the modulation coding order adopted by the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time is greater than the modulation mapping order used by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, or the first transmission of the network device by the Nth time
  • the coding rate used by the coding block is greater than the coding rate used by the second coding block sent by the Nth time
  • the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time uses a modulation mapping order greater than the Nth transmission.
  • the modulation mapping order used by the two coding blocks is greater than the coding rate used by the second coding block sent by the Nth time.
  • control information defines a field for indicating a redundancy version for indicating a redundancy version. The field is also used to carry the identification information.
  • the control information predefining a field for indicating a coded modulation scheme or a modulation scheme, for indicating A field of the coded modulation scheme or modulation scheme is also used to carry the identification information.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a storage medium for storing instructions that, when executed on a computer, perform the method described in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a storage medium for storing an instruction, when the instruction is executed on a computer, performing the method described in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system, where the network system includes a network device and a terminal device, where the network device is the network device described in the third aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the network device is the network device described in the third aspect, or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the terminal device is the terminal device described in the fourth aspect, or any of the fourth aspects.
  • the network device determines that the affected coding block (ie, the target coding block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then sends control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the first corresponding to the affected coding block. Transmitting, and instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block, and respondingly, the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information, and then according to the The two signals decode the affected coded block without decoding from the discarded first signal, making the decoded result more accurate.
  • the affected coding block ie, the target coding block
  • the tenth aspect of the present invention provides a method for indicating control information, including:
  • the network device sends the first control information to the terminal device; the terminal device receives the first control information sent by the network device, where the first control information is used to indicate that the terminal device receives the transport block sent by the network device, and the transport block includes at least a third Transport block.
  • the first control information may include at least two dedicated control field groups, and one of the at least two dedicated control field groups corresponds to the third transport block. Further, the first control information may include first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the third transport block is a retransmission, and the first control information is further used to indicate whether the received signal in the previous transmission block is Includes signals that are not used for decoding of the transport block. That is, the network device may send the first control information to the terminal device to indicate whether the scheduled transmission block is the initial transmission and whether the received signal before the transmission block includes a signal not used for the transmission block decoding.
  • the first control information may further include second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether a signal not used for the transmission block decoding is included in a received signal before the transport block; or The first control information may implicitly indicate whether a signal not used for the decoding of the transport block is included in the received signal before the transport block.
  • the terminal device may discard the transport block according to the first control information.
  • the previous received signal is not used for the signal decoded by the transport block.
  • the second indication information may only indicate whether a signal not used for transport block decoding is included
  • the first control information may further include at least one data indication information, where the data indication information is used to indicate the Which of the received signals before the transport block are signals that need to be discarded (ie, which signals are affected signals), for example, the data indication information may be Coding Block (abbreviation: CB) indication information and/or coding block group ( CB Group, abbreviated as: CBG) indicates information, specifically indicating the CB corresponding to the signal to be discarded, and/or CBG.
  • CB Coding Block
  • CBG coding block group
  • the second indication information may indicate whether a signal not used for transport block decoding is included, and if included, the second indication information may further indicate a signal to be discarded in the received signal before the transport block, such as which CB and / or the signal corresponding to the CBG needs to be discarded.
  • each transport block may correspond to one data indication information.
  • the first control information may also include only one data indication information, where the data indication information corresponds to one transport block, for example, corresponding to the third transport block, the terminal device may determine other signals according to the need of the third transport block to be discarded. The signal that the transport block needs to discard.
  • the second indication information itself indicates (or the second indication information and the CBG indication information together indicate), among the received signals before the transmission block, which CB and/or CBG corresponding received signals are signals to be discarded
  • the two indication information may directly indicate at least two transport blocks in the transport block, that is, which CB and/or CBG corresponding received signals in the received signal before the at least two transport blocks are to be discarded.
  • the second indication information may be carried in a dedicated control field group in the at least one dedicated control field group, so that the false detection probability can be reduced.
  • the dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transport block and the dedicated control field group carrying the second indication information may be the same or different.
  • the terminal device may discard the signal not used for decoding the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block according to the second indication information.
  • the first control information may indicate before the third transport block is received. Signals not used for decoding of the third transport block are not included in the signal.
  • the transport block may further include a fourth transport block, one of the at least two dedicated control field groups corresponding to the fourth transport block, and the fourth transport block corresponding to the dedicated The control field group is different from the dedicated control field group that carries the second indication information.
  • the first control information may further include third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the fourth transport block is an initial transmission or a retransmission.
  • the second indication information may be used to indicate whether the received signal before the fourth transport block includes not used in the fourth The signal decoded by the transport block.
  • the first control information is further used to indicate a first hybrid automatic repeat request (English: Hybrid Automatic Repeat-request, abbreviated: HARQ) process index corresponding to the transport block.
  • HARQ Hybrid Automatic Repeat-request
  • the second indication information indicates that the received signal before the transport block includes not used in the fourth
  • the second indication information may indicate that the received signal before the fourth transport block includes a signal that is not used for the fourth transport block decoding.
  • the terminal device may further discard the signal not used for the decoding of the fourth transport block in the received signal before the fourth transport block according to the second indication information.
  • the terminal device may further discard, according to the second indication information, a signal that is not used for decoding the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block; and the terminal device may The second indication information and the signal not used for decoding the third transport block are not used in the received signal before the fourth transport block is discarded at the time-frequency resource position in the previous transmission corresponding to the first HARQ process index.
  • the signal decoded by the four transport blocks may be performed according to the second indication information, a signal that is not used for decoding the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block; and the terminal device may The second indication information and the signal not used for decoding the third transport block are not used in the received signal before the fourth transport block is discarded at the time-frequency resource position in the previous transmission corresponding to the first HARQ process index.
  • the second indication information may be carried in a control field of the first control information except the at least two dedicated control field groups, where the second indication information is used to indicate the at least two dedicated It is controlled whether a signal not used for decoding of the transport block is included in the received signal before all the transport blocks corresponding to the field group.
  • the terminal device may discard the third according to the first control information.
  • the received signal before the transport block is not used for the signal decoded by the third transport block.
  • the first control information may also be used to indicate a first HARQ process index corresponding to the transport block. Further, the terminal device discards the signal that is not used for decoding the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block according to the first control information, and may specifically be: when the third transport block is in the first When the previous transmission corresponding to the HARQ process index is scheduled by the network device, and the first control information indicates that the received signal before the transport block includes a signal that is not used for the decoding of the transport block, the terminal device is configured according to the first control. The information discards a signal that is not used for decoding of the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block.
  • the transport block may further include a fourth transport block; the first control information may further include third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the fourth transport block is an initial transmission or a heavy pass.
  • the first control information may be used to indicate a first HARQ process index corresponding to the transport block
  • the third indication information indicates that the fourth transport block is a retransmission.
  • the third transport block and the fourth transport block are scheduled by the network device in a previous transmission corresponding to the first HARQ process index, and the modulation and coding scheme of the third transport block in the previous transmission
  • the index is greater than or equal to the modulation coding scheme index of the fourth transport block, or the modulation order of the third transport block is greater than or equal to the modulation order of the fourth transport block, or the coding rate of the third transport block is greater than Or equal to the encoding rate of the fourth transport block.
  • the terminal device may discard the third transport block according to the first control information. a signal that is not used for decoding of the third transport block in the received signal; and the time-frequency of the terminal device in the previous transmission according to the first control information and the signal not used for decoding the third transport block.
  • the resource location discards a signal that is not used for decoding of the fourth transport block in the received signal before the fourth transport block.
  • the dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transport block may be the same as the dedicated control field group corresponding to the second indication information, and the second indication information may be used to indicate before the third transport block. Whether a signal not used for decoding of the third transport block is included in the received signal.
  • the terminal device may use the second indication information according to the second indication information. A signal that is not used for decoding of the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block is discarded.
  • the transport block may further include a fourth transport block, and one of the at least two dedicated control field groups corresponds to the fourth transport block.
  • the first control information further includes third indication information indicating that the fourth transport block is a retransmission, and fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate before the fourth transport block. Whether a signal not used for decoding the fourth transport block is included in the received signal, and the fourth indication information is carried in a dedicated control field group corresponding to the fourth transport block.
  • the terminal device may use the fourth indication information according to the fourth indication information.
  • a signal that is not used for decoding of the fourth transport block in the received signal before the fourth transport block is discarded.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a terminal device, where the terminal device has a function of implementing behavior of the terminal device in the foregoing method example.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • a processing unit and a communication unit may be included in the structure of the terminal device, the processing unit being configured to support the terminal device to perform a corresponding function in the above method.
  • the communication unit is used to support communication between the terminal device and other devices.
  • the terminal device may further comprise a storage unit for coupling with the processing unit, which stores program instructions and data necessary for the terminal device.
  • the processing unit can be a processor
  • the communication unit can be a transceiver
  • the storage unit can be a memory.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a network device, where the network device has a function of implementing network device behavior in the foregoing method example.
  • the functions may be implemented by hardware or by corresponding software implemented by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the functions described above.
  • the structure of the network device includes a processing unit and a communication unit, the processing unit being configured to support the network device to perform a corresponding function in the above method.
  • the communication unit is for supporting communication between a network device and other devices.
  • the network device can also include a storage unit for coupling with the processing unit that holds program instructions and data necessary for the network device.
  • the processing unit can be a processor
  • the communication unit can be a transceiver
  • the storage unit can be a memory.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a communication system, where the system includes the terminal device and/or the network device of the foregoing aspect.
  • the system may further include other devices in the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention to interact with the terminal device or the network device.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions for use in the terminal device, including a program designed to perform the above aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer storage medium for storing computer software instructions for use in the network device, including a program designed to perform the above aspects.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the methods described in the various aspects above.
  • the present application provides a chip system including a processor for supporting a terminal device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, such as, for example, generating or processing data involved in the above method and/or Or information.
  • the chip system further comprises a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the present application provides a chip system including a processor for supporting a network device to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, receiving or processing data and/or data involved in the above method. Or information.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the network device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the network device may send the first control information to the terminal device to indicate whether the scheduled transmission block is the initial transmission and indicates the received signal before the transmission block. Whether the signal not used for the decoding of the transport block is included, so that the terminal device can determine whether the received signal before the transport block has an affected signal according to the indication of the first control information, and then discard the affected in time when present The signal, which helps to improve the reliability of the received signal and avoid the problem of unreliable signal reception caused by resource preemption.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of a multi-transport block according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic structural diagram of still another network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 8 is a structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a service preemption time-frequency resource according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of interaction of a method for indicating control information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of transport block scheduling according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another scenario of transport block scheduling according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another scenario of transport block scheduling according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a scenario for determining an affected signal in a transport block according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another scenario of transport block scheduling according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of another scenario of transport block scheduling according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic structural diagram of still another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of another network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of still another network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the URLLC service has significantly lower latency than other services, such as eMBB services.
  • the scheduling time unit of the URLLC service needs to be significantly smaller than the scheduling time unit (and/or transmission duration) of other services.
  • the network device can re-allocate the time-frequency resources that have been allocated to the service terminal device to the URLLC service, thereby ensuring the extremely high requirement of the URLLC for the delay. Such redistribution may have at least two effects on the data transmission of other service terminal devices.
  • other service terminal equipment may process the information of the URLLC terminal device as its own information in the demodulation and decoding process; second, the information that the other service terminal device actually receives is less than the network device originally planned to send to Your own information.
  • the signal transceiving method provided by the embodiment of the present invention aims to solve the technical problem of improving the reliability of data transmission of other service terminal devices in which resources are occupied.
  • part of the transmission signal is subjected to interference greater than the interference received by other transmission signals in the transmission, and may be expressed as the received signal to noise ratio of the part of the signal compared with the received signal to noise ratio of other signals in the transmission. low.
  • the portion receiving the transmission signal with a low signal to noise ratio may result in a decrease in transmission reliability of the entire received signal.
  • the network device supports other forward-compatible functions (for example, the network device measures signals of other network devices or other terminal devices, or services emergency services), while part of the data transmission is used.
  • the transmission signal of the data is stopped on the frequency resource.
  • the absence of a portion of the signal in the received signal of the terminal device may result in a decrease in the reliability of the data transmission.
  • a component can be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and a computing device can be a component.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and/or execution thread, and the components can be located on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on signals having one or more data packets (eg, data from two components interacting with another component between the local system, the distributed system, and/or the network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems) Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • data packets eg, data from two components interacting with another component between the local system, the distributed system, and/or the network, such as the Internet interacting with other systems
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Advanced Long Term Evolution
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • next-generation communication system such as 5G communication system.
  • D2D Device to Device
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • MTC Machine Type Communication
  • V2V Vehicle to Vehicle
  • Embodiments of the present invention describe various embodiments in conjunction with a transmitting device and a receiving device, wherein:
  • a terminal device may also be referred to as a User Equipment ("UE"), an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, and a wireless communication.
  • the terminal device may be a site (STAION, referred to as "ST") in a Wireless Local Area Networks (“WLAN”), and may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, or a Session Initiation Protocol ("SIP").
  • STAION Wireless Local Area Networks
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • handheld device with wireless communication function computing device or other connected to wireless modem Processing devices, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, and next-generation communication systems, for example, terminal devices in a fifth-generation (5G) network or a public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network) Referred to as "PLMN" for short, etc. in the network.
  • 5G fifth-generation
  • PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • a wearable device which can also be called a wearable smart device, is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design and wear wearable devices such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing, and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are more than just a hardware device, but they also implement powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-size, non-reliable smartphones for full or partial functions, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and focus on only one type of application, and need to work with other devices such as smartphones. Use, such as various smart bracelets for smart signs monitoring, smart jewelry, etc.
  • the network device may be a device for communicating with the mobile device, such as a network device, and the network device may be an access point (APCESS POINT, AP) in the WLAN, or a base station (Base Transceiver Station, "BTS”) in GSM or CDMA. It may also be a base station (NodeB, referred to as "NB") in WCDMA, or an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, "eNB” or “eNodeB”) in LTE, or a relay station or an access point, or an in-vehicle device. , wearable devices, and network devices in the future 5G network (g Node B, referred to as “gNB” or “gNodeB”) or network devices in the future evolved PLMN network.
  • the network device provides a service for the cell
  • the terminal device communicates with the network device by using a transmission resource (for example, a frequency domain resource, or a spectrum resource) used by the cell
  • a transmission resource for example, a frequency domain resource, or a spectrum resource
  • the cell may be a network device.
  • the cell may belong to a macro base station, or may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell, where the small cell may include: a metro cell, a micro cell, and a pico cell. (Pico cell), femto cell, etc.
  • These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • multiple carriers can work at the same frequency on the carrier in the LTE system or the 5G system.
  • the concept of the carrier and the cell can be considered to be equivalent.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • the carrier index of the secondary carrier and the cell identifier (Cell ID) of the secondary cell working in the secondary carrier are simultaneously carried.
  • the carrier can be considered to be equivalent to the concept of the cell, for example, the terminal device accessing one carrier and accessing one cell are equivalent.
  • the method and apparatus provided by the embodiments of the present invention may be applied to a terminal device or a network device, where the terminal device or the network device includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (“CPU"), a memory management unit (MMU), and a memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through a process, such as a Linux operating system, a Unix operating system, an Android operating system, an iOS operating system, or a Windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, contacts, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the specific structure of the execution subject of the method of transmitting control information is not particularly limited as long as the program capable of running the code of the method of transmitting the control information of the embodiment of the present invention can be executed.
  • the method for transmitting the control information according to the embodiment of the present invention may be a terminal device or a network device, or may be a terminal device or a network device. Call the program and execute the function module of the program.
  • the term "article of manufacture” as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or media.
  • the computer readable medium may include, but is not limited to, a magnetic storage device (eg, a hard disk, a floppy disk, or a magnetic tape, etc.), an optical disk (eg, a compact disc (“CD”), a digital versatile disc (Digital Versatile Disc) , referred to as "DVD”), etc., smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (“EPROM”), cards, sticks or key drivers, etc.).
  • EPROM Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory
  • various storage media described herein can represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, without limitation, a wireless channel and various other mediums capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • the communication system 100 includes a network device 102, which may include one antenna or multiple antennas such as antennas 104, 106, 108, 110, 112, and 114. Additionally, network device 102 may additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain, as will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, which may include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (eg, processor, modulator, multiplexer) , demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
  • a network device 102 may include one antenna or multiple antennas such as antennas 104, 106, 108, 110, 112, and 114.
  • network device 102 may additionally include a transmitter chain and a receiver chain, as will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, which may include multiple components related to signal transmission and reception (eg, processor, modulator, multiplexer) , demodulator, demultiplexer or antenna, etc.).
  • Network device 102 can communicate with a plurality of terminal devices, such as terminal device 116 and terminal device 122. However, it will be appreciated that network device 102 can communicate with any number of terminal devices similar to terminal device 116 or terminal device 122.
  • Terminal devices 116 and 122 may be, for example, cellular telephones, smart phones, portable computers, handheld communication devices, handheld computing devices, satellite radios, global positioning systems, PDAs, and/or any other suitable for communicating over wireless communication system 100. device.
  • terminal device 116 is in communication with antennas 112 and 114, wherein antennas 112 and 114 transmit information to terminal device 116 over a forward link (also referred to as downlink) 118 and through the reverse link (also Information referred to as uplink 120 receives information from terminal device 116.
  • terminal device 122 is in communication with antennas 104 and 106, wherein antennas 104 and 106 transmit information to terminal device 122 over forward link 124 and receive information from terminal device 122 over reverse link 126.
  • the forward link 118 can use a different frequency band than the reverse link 120, and the forward link 124 can be used with the reverse link. 126 uses a different frequency band.
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • the forward link 118 and the reverse link 120 can use a common frequency band, and the forward link 124 A common frequency band can be used with the reverse link 126.
  • Each antenna (or set of antennas consisting of multiple antennas) and/or regions designed for communication is referred to as a sector of network device 102.
  • the antenna group can be designed to communicate with terminal devices in sectors of the network device 102 coverage area.
  • the network device can transmit signals to all of the terminal devices in its corresponding sector through a single antenna or multiple antenna transmit diversity.
  • the transmit antenna of network device 102 may also utilize beamforming to improve the signal to noise ratio of forward links 118 and 124.
  • the network device 102 utilizes beamforming to transmit signals to the randomly dispersed terminal devices 116 and 122 in the associated coverage area, as compared to the manner in which the network device transmits signals to all of its terminal devices through single antenna or multi-antenna transmit diversity, Mobile devices in neighboring cells are subject to less interference.
  • network device 102, terminal device 116, or terminal device 122 may be a wireless communication transmitting device and/or a wireless communication receiving device.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device can encode the data for transmission.
  • the wireless communication transmitting device may acquire (eg, generate, receive from other communication devices, or store in memory, etc.) a certain number of data bits to be transmitted over the channel to the wireless communication receiving device.
  • Such data bits may be included in a transport block (or multiple transport blocks) of data that may be segmented to produce multiple code blocks.
  • the communication system 100 can be a PLMN network or a D2D network or an M2M network or other network.
  • FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram of an example, and other network devices may also be included in the network, which are not shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a signal sending method according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method may be implemented based on the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1, and the method includes, but is not limited to, the following steps:
  • Step S201 The network device sends a transport block transport block (TB) to the terminal device, where the transport block is the Nth transmitted transport block and the transport block includes at least one coded block (CB).
  • TB transport block transport block
  • CB coded block
  • one transport block TB can be divided into a plurality of code blocks CB for channel coding and decoding, respectively.
  • the Turbo code is used, and the maximum number of CB bits is 6144 (excluding the CRC check bit). If the number of bits of one TB exceeds 6144, the TB needs to be split into multiple CBs respectively.
  • the 5G new radio (NR) system uses a low density parity check (LDPC) code. The maximum number of CB bits has not been determined, but it is also likely to support splitting into more CBs for parallel coding. .
  • the number of transport blocks that the network device sends to the terminal device may be one or more.
  • the transport block sent by the network device to the terminal device in the embodiment of the present invention includes two transport blocks, which may be respectively referred to as transmission.
  • Block #1 and transport block #2 where transport block #1 contains 4 coding blocks, respectively code block #1-A, code block #1-B, code block #1-C, and code block #1-D
  • the transport block #2 contains two coding blocks, which are the coding block #2-A and the coding block #2-B.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the number of transport blocks sent by the network device to the terminal device may also be one or four.
  • a transport block may contain 1 coding block, 2 coding blocks or 10 coding blocks.
  • the number of coding blocks included in one transport block is related to the size of the time-frequency resource allocated by the network device for the transport of the transport block and the coded modulation scheme of the transmission.
  • Step S202 The terminal device receives the transport block TB sent by the network device.
  • the receiving may refer to receiving a certain signal, and may also mean receiving and demodulating and/or decoding the received signal.
  • Step S203 The network device sends control information to the terminal device.
  • the control information includes identification information indicating a coding block in the at least one coding block, for example, the identification information indicates coding block #1-C, coding block #1-D, and coding block #2-B .
  • the control information is used to indicate that the terminal device discards (here, "discard" may also have other description manners in subsequent applications, for example, deleting some or all signals in the first signal received by the terminal device and indicating the
  • the terminal device receives the second signal, where the second signal is used by the terminal device to decode the coding block indicated by the identification information, and the discarded first signal is not used by the terminal device to decode the coding block indicated by the identification information,
  • the first signal is a receiving signal corresponding to the coding block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Nth time
  • the second signal is a receiving corresponding to the coding block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Mth time.
  • the signal, M and N are both positive integers and M is greater than
  • the network device determines, as the target coding block, the coding block that satisfies the preset condition in the at least one coding block, where the identification information is used to indicate the target coding block; that is, the identification information indicates that The target code block is not an arbitrary code block.
  • the preset condition includes at least one of the following: 1. The proportion of the affected time-frequency resources among the allocated time-frequency resources reaches a preset threshold, where the affected Including the time-frequency resources are occupied, the time-frequency resources are interfered, the time-frequency resources are not carrying signals, etc.; 2.
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • the serial number of the Redundancy version (RV) is equal to the preset RV serial number.
  • Possibility 1 Pre-defined the time-frequency resource proportional threshold (belonging to the preset threshold, for example, the ratio can be set to 5%, 10%, 20%, etc.). If the proportion of the affected portion of the time-frequency resource of a coding block (for example, the ratio of the affected resource element (RE) to the total RE of the coding block) exceeds a predefined proportional threshold, the network device The coding block is determined to be a target coding block.
  • the proportion of the affected portion of the time-frequency resource of a coding block for example, the ratio of the affected resource element (RE) to the total RE of the coding block
  • Possibility 2 Predetermine the corresponding threshold of the affected time-frequency resources corresponding to each MCS scheme (belonging to the preset threshold). If the MCS scheme used by the coding block is different, the corresponding proportion of the affected time-frequency resources may also be different. If the proportion of the affected time-frequency resources affected by one coding block is greater than the MCS scheme used by the coding block, The affected time-frequency resource proportional threshold, the network device determines that the coded block is a target coded block.
  • Possibility 3 Pre-defined MCS scheme serial number threshold and affected time-frequency resource proportional threshold (belonging to the preset threshold), each MCS scheme corresponds to a scheme serial number. If the MCS scheme number used by a coding block is greater than the MCS scheme sequence threshold (for example, the MCS sequence threshold may be set to 11 or 16 or 18 or 20), and the proportion of the affected portion of the coded block time-frequency resource exceeds the Affecting the time-frequency resource proportional threshold, the network device determines that the coded block is a target coded block.
  • the affected time-frequency resource proportional threshold is independent of the specific MCS scheme. Regardless of the MCS scheme, the affected time-frequency resource proportional threshold is fixed.
  • Possibility 4 If the sequence of the RV used by the signal of a coded block is equal to the preset sequence number, for example, the preset RV sequence number is 0, the network device determines that the code block is the target code block.
  • the preset number of the RV can also be 1, 2 or 3, etc.
  • Possibility 5 If the signal of a coded block is transmitted in the previous transmission, the sequence number of the RV is equal to the preset sequence number equal to the preset sequence number, for example, the preset RV sequence number is 0, and the affected block time-frequency resource is affected. If the proportion of the proportion exceeds the affected time-frequency resource proportional threshold, the network device determines that the coded block is the target coded block.
  • the preset number of the RV can also be 1, 2 or 3, etc.
  • pre-defined or “preset” may be preset by the network device and/or the terminal device before leaving the factory, or may be agreed by the communication standard specification, and may also be configured by the network device through broadcast information or high-level signaling. For example, radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the target coding block After the target coding block is confirmed, the target coding block needs to be identified in the target control information to implement an indication (or "designation") on the target coding block, and several optional parameters for indicating the target coding block are listed below. Methods.
  • the identifier information may be divided into multiple parts and each part correspondingly indicates a target code block in one of the plurality of transport blocks, for example, a part of the identifier information is used to identify
  • the target coding block of transport block #1 for example, the target coding block of transport block #1 is code block #1-C and code block #1-D.
  • a further part of the identification information is used to indicate the target coding block of transport block #2, for example, the target coding block of transport block #2 may be coded block #2-B.
  • the coding block in each transport block is indicated by a 4-bit bitmap, each of the 4 bits is used to indicate a coding block, and if a certain bit is equal to 1, it indicates that the bit indicates The coding block is a target coding block.
  • the transmission block #1 contains 4 coding blocks
  • the coding block #1-C and the coding block #1- in the 4 coding blocks of the transport block #1 can be indicated by the bit value "0011".
  • D is the target coding block.
  • the coding block in each transport block is indicated by a 2-bit bitmap
  • the four coding blocks in the pre-transport block #1 can be divided into groups, coding block #1-A and coding block #1- B is a group, coding block #1-C and coding block #1-D are another group, each of these 2 bits can be used to indicate a group of coding blocks, and if a bit is equal to 1, the bit is indicated.
  • the indicated set of coding blocks are all target coding blocks, and the coding block #1-C and the coding block #1-D in the other group are indicated by the bit value "01" as the target coding block.
  • the indication manner of the coding block in the transport block #2 reference may be made to the indication manner of the coding block in the transport block #1, and details are not described herein again.
  • each coding block may be individually indicated by one bit whether it is a target coding block, and no bits of any coding block are indicated.
  • the possible values can be set to 0 by default. If the number of bits per portion of the identification information is less than the number of coding blocks in the corresponding transport block, then at least one bit is used to indicate whether a plurality of coding blocks (ie, a set of coding blocks) are target coding blocks.
  • the bit information indicating whether the coding block of a certain transmission block is the target coding block is 5 bits
  • the transmission block #1 includes 8 coding blocks
  • the first bit to the third bit are indicated from the left side.
  • the coding block group includes 2 coding blocks
  • the coding block group indicated by the 4th bit and the 5th bit includes 1 coding block. It should be noted that here is only an example from the leftmost bit or from the left side, and can also start from the rightmost bit or from the right side, or any bit.
  • the multiple parts of the identifier information may be multiple fields in the control information, for example, a part of the identifier information may be a field, and another part of the identifier information may be another field.
  • the plurality of parts of the above identification information may also be different parts of a field of the control information, for example, one field contains 5 bits, wherein 2 bits are part, and the remaining 3 bits are another part.
  • the indication information indicates the target coded block in the transport block through a field, instead of indicating the target coded block in one transport block, respectively, as in the first part of the method.
  • the two transport blocks contain a total of 6 code blocks, which are composed of 5 bit bitmaps. Instructions.
  • the coding block grouping method in the first method since the number of coding blocks is larger than the indicated number of bits, the coding blocks are grouped, and the first bit on the left side may be corresponding to the coding block group including two coding blocks, and the last four.
  • Each bit in the bit corresponds to a coded block group containing 1 coded block.
  • the first bit is used to indicate the coding block #1-A and the coding block #1-B
  • the second bit is used to indicate the coding block #1-C
  • the third bit is used to indicate the coding block #1-D
  • the first bit 4 bits are used to indicate the coding block #2-A
  • the 5th bit is used to indicate the coding block #2-B.
  • the network device may indicate that the coding block #1-C, the coding block #1-D, and the coding block #2-B are target coding blocks by configuring the bit value of the indication information to "01101".
  • the number of bits in the indication information may also be other cases.
  • one coding unit may be indicated by one bit, and when there are not many bits, a plurality of coding blocks (ie, one coding group) may be indicated by one bit.
  • Method 1 and Method 2 are suitable for the case where the target coding blocks are independent of each other.
  • the event sequence indication method can be adopted.
  • a large correlation between target coding blocks may exist in the following scenarios, such as data transmission undergoing non-random interference, that is, when the interference exists, the interference appears at a fixed time-frequency position with a large probability; or data transmission experience Non-randomly vacant, that is, when the network device does not transmit a predetermined signal, the affected time-frequency resource appears at a fixed time-frequency position with a large probability.
  • the high probability occurrence event and its serial number are preset.
  • the communication standard specification defines and numbers high probability events, or the network device defines and numbers high probability occurrence events through high layer signaling.
  • the bit contained in the above identification information indicates the occurrence of the event by indicating the sequence number of the predefined event.
  • the coding block #1-A and the coding block #1-B are always the target coding block (event #T1) or the coding block #1-C and the coding block # 1-D becomes the target coding block (Event #T2) at the same time, and other combination events (for example, the above four coding blocks become the target coding block alone or at least two coding blocks other than the above-mentioned event #T1 and event #T2 become simultaneously
  • the event of the target coding block is a small probability event.
  • the preferred method is to use a sequence number to indicate the event. For example, the 1-bit bit is used to indicate the event #T1 and the event #T2 corresponding to the transport block #1, and when the 1-bit bit is 0, the event #T1 is indicated, and when the 1-bit bit is 1, the event #T2 is indicated.
  • the identification information is used to indicate a target coding block belonging to a certain transport block (when there are multiple transport blocks), and the target coding block in other transport blocks is determined by the terminal device according to a predefined rule.
  • the terminal device determines whether there are multiple transport blocks.
  • the target coding block in other transport blocks is determined by the terminal device according to a predefined rule.
  • the identification information is used to indicate the first coding block, so that the terminal device determines the first coding block and the second coding block according to a predefined rule, where the first coding block is a coding block in the first transmission block, and the second coding
  • the block is a coded block in the second transport block, and the time-frequency resource occupied by the first coded block is related to the time-frequency resource occupied by the second coded block.
  • the network device sends the first transport block and the second transport block using different time-frequency resource layers (eg, the first transport block uses the first time-frequency resource layer, and the second coded block uses the second time-frequency resource layer), that is,
  • the content of the predefined rule definition includes: if the time-frequency resource used by the first coding block and the time-frequency resource used by the second coding block are at the same position of different time-frequency resource layers, or if the first coding block is used.
  • the time-frequency resource and the time-frequency resource used by the second coding block have overlapping portions but are in different time-frequency resource layers, and when the terminal device receives the identification information indicating the first coding block, the terminal device may The identification information determines the first coding block and the second coding block, and the first coding block and the second coding block determined according to the identification information belong to the target coding block.
  • the time-frequency resource occupied by the first coding block on the first time-frequency resource layer and the time-frequency resource occupied by the second coding block on the second time-frequency resource layer partially or completely overlap.
  • the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time uses a coding rate greater than the coding rate used by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, or the first coding sent by the network device at the Nth time.
  • the modulation mapping order adopted by the block is greater than the modulation mapping order used by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, or the coding rate adopted by the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time is greater than the Nth transmission
  • the coding rate adopted by the second coding block and the modulation coding order adopted by the first coding block transmitted by the network device at the Nth time is greater than the modulation mapping order adopted by the second coding block transmitted by the Nth time.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to divide the data transmitted or received by the terminal device into more than one transmission in one transmission.
  • Blocks are typically used to obtain spatial multiplexing gain provided by multiple antenna systems.
  • Transport blocks mapped on different time-frequency resource layers may use different coded modulation schemes to match the different fading channels they experience.
  • one transmission includes transport block #1 and transport block #2, where transport block #1 includes four coding blocks, which are code block #1-A, code block #1-B.
  • the coding block #1-C and the coding block #1-D, the transport block #2 contains 2 coding blocks, which are the coding block #2-A and the coding block #2-B.
  • the first transport block uses a first time-frequency resource layer
  • the second coded block uses a second time-frequency resource layer.
  • the affected time-frequency resources are shown by bold black lines in the figure.
  • the first layer time-frequency resource is consistent with the location of the affected time-frequency resource in the second layer time-frequency resource. Therefore, the number of target coding blocks is two, one of the target coding blocks is the coding block #1-C in the transmission block #1, and the other target transmission block is the coding block #2-B in the transmission block #2.
  • the affected time-frequency resources in different time-frequency resource layers are consistent, and the corresponding transport block of a certain layer contains several coding blocks and how these coding blocks are mapped.
  • this layer of time-frequency resources both network devices and terminal devices have been Known. Therefore, the network device only needs to identify which coding blocks of the time-frequency resources of all the time-frequency resources are affected, and the terminal device can determine other layers according to the number of the coded blocks in the different transport blocks and the specific mapping position. Affected code blocks. This has the advantage that the number of bits used in indicating (or "identifying") can be effectively reduced.
  • the network device may only indicate the affected target coding block in the transport block with the highest MCS sequence number.
  • the time-frequency resource range of each layer is generally the same (the resource particle data that can be used for data transmission in each layer is similar), and different transport blocks are used differently.
  • the time-frequency resources of the layer Due to the use of the same time-frequency resources, the higher the MCS sequence number, the more coding blocks are included. In other words, using the same range of time-frequency resources, a transport block using a higher coding rate and a higher mapping modulation order can carry more information bits, that is, contain more coding blocks.
  • the time-frequency resources occupied by each coding block are also smaller.
  • the coding block indicating the highest transmission block of the MCS sequence number can reduce the indication granularity (expressed as the time-frequency resource occupied by each coding block), thereby improving the indication precision to avoid unnecessary resource waste when transmitting the target coding block.
  • FIG. 3 Taking FIG. 3 as an example, if the network device indicates the coded block in the transport block #2 with a smaller coded modulation sequence number (including less CB), it is informed that the coded block #2-B is affected in the second layer time-frequency resource.
  • the terminal device concludes that the coded block #1-C and the coded block #1-D are also affected code blocks in the first layer time-frequency resource, so that the terminal device can determine the code block #2-B, code block #1- C and coding blocks #1-D are both target coding blocks (it can be seen that the network device indicates coding block #2-B, coding block #2-C, and coding block #2-D by identifying coding block #2-B Code block for the target).
  • the network device indicates the coded block #1 with a larger coded modulation sequence number (including more coding blocks), it is notified that the coded block #1-C is affected in the first layer time-frequency resource, and the terminal device infers the second layer
  • the coded block #2-B in the time-frequency resource is also the affected coded block, and the terminal device can determine that both the coded blocks #1-C and CB#2-B are the target coded blocks. It can be seen that the coding block in the transport block #1 indicating that the MCS sequence number is larger is higher than the instruction block in the transport block #2 indicating that the MCS sequence number is smaller, and the overhead can be saved. It should be noted that the time-frequency resource used by the coding block #2-B in FIG.
  • the time-frequency resource used by the coding block #1-C and the coding block #1-D are at the same position of different time-frequency resource layers.
  • the invention is not limited thereto. In other words, the implementation method of the present invention can also be applied to other situations.
  • the time-frequency resource used by the coding block #2-B is different from the time-frequency resource used by the coding block #1-C and the coding block #1-D.
  • the network device may also indicate which transport block is indicated for this time and indicate which one or which of the transport blocks are the target coded block.
  • the network device can be provided with maximum flexibility to indicate the target code block.
  • the network device can determine according to the affected time-frequency resource. Indicate which transport block can reduce subsequent transmission overhead.
  • the transmission block number may be indicated by a pre-agreed (including the network device being pre-defined by RRC signaling configuration or communication standard) using the first A bits in the identification information, and the remaining bits indicate which one or which coding block is the target coding block.
  • the identification information includes P bits, wherein A bits indicate a transport block sequence number, and (P-A) bits are used to indicate which one or which code blocks are the target code block.
  • the method for indicating which one or which of the target coding blocks is specifically used may adopt a bitmap indication method (similar to the above method 1 or method 2), or the above-mentioned event sequence indication method, and details are not described herein again.
  • the target coding block may be determined by using the foregoing network device.
  • the preset conditions used at the time and the corresponding method of determining the target code block according to the preset conditions For example, the coding blocks in other time-frequency resource layers corresponding to the directly indicated target coding block, only the MCS scheme belongs to the predefined MCS scheme and/or the proportion of the affected time-frequency resources is greater than a predefined threshold or the original transmitted RV sequence number.
  • the terminal device considers the code block to belong to the target code block. In other words, not all of the coding blocks of other time-frequency resource layers that overlap with the time-frequency resources occupied by the coding blocks directly indicated in the target coding block belong to the second coding block, but satisfy at least one of the foregoing conditions.
  • the method for indicating the target coding block of the identification information is described above.
  • the following describes the possible presentation form of the identification information in the target control information.
  • it may be minimized.
  • the control information of the downlink transmission is generally used by the network device to schedule the terminal device to receive downlink data, which is similar to the control information for scheduling downlink data in the LTE system. Therefore, one or some of the control information for scheduling general downlink transmission may be used to carry the identification information.
  • the terminal device may first perform blind detection according to the predetermined number of information bits, and then determine, according to the content of the received control information and other conditions (semi-static configuration, indication from the network device), that the received general downlink transmission is scheduled.
  • the control information is also the target control information.
  • the target control information and the control information for scheduling the general downlink transmission may be the same control information format or different control information types.
  • the network device may implement the semi-static configuration and indication, such as radio resource control (RRC) signaling, by using high layer signaling.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the identifier information may be carried by a dedicated field in the target control information, or other fields of the target control information may be used to carry the identifier information, for example, to indicate a coded modulation scheme or a modulation scheme.
  • the modulation coding scheme used by the target coding block of the Mth transmission of the network equipment is the same as the modulation coding scheme used by the target coding block of the Nth transmission, or the network equipment
  • the modulation scheme used by the target coding block of the Mth transmission is the same as the modulation scheme used by the target coding block of the Nth transmission (the specific code rate depends on the network device allocates the target coding block in the Nth transmission).
  • the time-frequency resource the network device does not need to indicate the modulation and coding scheme used by the target coding block of the Mth transmission. Therefore, the field originally used to indicate the coded modulation scheme in the target control information may be used to carry the above identification information.
  • one MCS field in the target control information may be used to indicate a target coded block in one transport block.
  • the method 1 may also use a plurality of MCS fields in the target control information to indicate target coding blocks in the plurality of transport blocks, that is, each MCS field is used to indicate one transport block.
  • an MCS field may be used to indicate a target coded block in a plurality of transport blocks.
  • one MCS field may be used to indicate which one of the transport blocks with the largest MCS scheme number or which coding block is the target coding block.
  • the maximum meaning of the MCS scheme number is that the coding rate of the transport block is the largest or the mapping modulation order is the largest or the coding rate and the mapping modulation order are the largest.
  • the first A bits of the MCS field may be used to indicate the transport block sequence number, and the remaining bits indicate which one or which of the transport blocks of the sequence number are the target code blocks.
  • the network device There is no need to indicate the redundancy version used by the target code block for the Mth transmission.
  • the communication standard specification pre-defines only when the redundancy version number used by the at least one coding block of the Nth transmission is a specified sequence number (for example, sequence number 0), and the target coding block included in at least one coding block of the Nth transmission It is scheduled to be transmitted by the target control information.
  • the network device does not need to indicate the redundancy version used by the target coding block of the Mth transmission, so the field originally used to indicate the redundancy version in the target control information may be used to carry the foregoing identification information.
  • the transmission coding block scheduled by the target control information includes only the target coding block, since the target coding block must not be the initial transmission data (already the Mth transmission and M>N), the target control information is used to indicate this time.
  • the NDI field of whether the transmission is the initial transmission can be used to indicate the target coding block.
  • the method of using the RV field and the NDI field to indicate the target coding block can refer to the above method of using the MCS field, and details are not described herein again.
  • the network device may also indicate the target coding block by Method 1, or Method 2 or Method 3 using at least two fields in the target control information.
  • An implementation method is to use Method 1 or Method 2 or Method 3 to jointly indicate the bits of the two fields, and the method may refer to the method of the MCS field.
  • Another implementation method is to use method three, using one of the at least two fields to indicate the transport block sequence number, and using the remaining field to indicate which one or which of the transport blocks of the sequence number are the target code block.
  • the network device may use the RV field or the NDI field to indicate the transport block sequence number, and use the MCS field which one or which of the transport blocks of the sequence number is the target code block.
  • the field used to indicate the coded modulation scheme or the field used to indicate the coding scheme or the MCS field used to indicate the modulation scheme may have other names; used to indicate that the new transmission or retransmission may also be used to indicate other possible transmission schemes.
  • the NDI field may have other names; the RV field for reading the actual position or the read position in the sequence of the encoded bits (or the soft buffer for storing the encoded bits) may be present in this scheduled transmission content. Other names.
  • the confirmation target coding block is confirmed based on the number of coding blocks and the sequence number included in the transport block of the Nth transmission.
  • the Nth transmission may also be implemented based on the number of coding blocks and the sequence number included in the Nth transmission.
  • the original transmission is a retransmission of transport block #1 in the HARQ process.
  • the coding blocks #1-A and #1-D of the transmission block #1 have been correctly received.
  • the Nth transmission transmits only the coding block #1-B and the coding block #1-C, and the coding block #2-A and the coding block #2-B of the transmission block #2, and the 4-bit MCS field can be reused to indicate the target coding.
  • these 4 bits in turn indicate coding block #1-B, coding block #1-C, coding block #2-A and coding block #2-B from left to right, the network device can pass the bit value "0101"
  • the indication coding block #1-C and the coding block #2-B are target coding blocks.
  • Step S204 The terminal device receives control information sent by the network device.
  • the control information may include specific The indication information is used to indicate the target control information, and the terminal device can determine that the control information is the target control information according to the indication information.
  • the indication information may be carried using an NDI field; for example, the control information type (DCI format) is used to indicate the control information as target control information.
  • the terminal device may also determine whether the control information is the target control information according to the time when the control information is received.
  • the terminal device may understand that the control information is Target control information.
  • the target control information is the same type of control information as the control information generally used for scheduling downlink data transmission.
  • Step S205 The terminal device discards part or all of the received first signal according to the indication of the control information and receives the second signal.
  • the terminal device needs to first determine the target coding block, and it can be understood that the network device and the terminal device pre-define the identification information by using a protocol.
  • the bearer mode is also known to the terminal device when the network device generates the target control information, and the terminal device can use the rule to parse out which target code blocks indicated by the network device by the control information. Since the first signal is a received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Nth time, the terminal device needs to determine that the first signal needs to be determined, and N can send a message by the network device.
  • N may also be derived by the terminal device based on a predefined rule, for example, N is equal to M-1, that is, the Nth transmission is the previous transmission of the Mth transmission. .
  • the terminal device can determine the first signal. Further, the network device further sends a second signal to the terminal device, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second signal sent by the network device.
  • Discarding the first signal includes deleting the department or all bit soft information corresponding to the target coding block received at the Nth time (that is, "zeroing" the department or all bit soft information corresponding to the target coding block), and the terminal device will also delete The remaining bits of soft information are written to the memory.
  • the bit soft information is bit probability information, and the bit probability information may be a probability that the bit is equal to 0 and/or equal to 1, or may be a log-likelihood ratio (LLR) of the bit.
  • the LLR is defined as the logarithm of the ratio of the probability that the bit is equal to zero to the probability that the bit is equal to one.
  • the LLR information of one bit is equal to 0, and the probability that the bit is equal to 0 and equal to 1 is 0.5.
  • zeroing may mean that the receiving device does not use bits that are "zeroed” in decoding.
  • the above-mentioned zeroing of the data is to clear the influence of the zeroed data before decoding, that is, the information about the zeroed data obtained from the Nth received signal during the decoding process is set.
  • the probability that zero bits are equal to 0 and equal to 1 is 0.5. Accordingly, if the LLR is not used for decoding, but the probability information is used, "zeroing” is to set the probability of equalizing 1 and equal to 0 of the zeroed data to 0.5.
  • the above memory may be a soft buffer of the receiving device. After writing or merging the received data bit soft information into the soft buffer, the receiving device can send the bit soft information in the soft buffer to the decoder for decoding. Alternatively, the receiving device may combine the received bit soft information with the bit soft information in the soft buffler and send it to the decoder for decoding.
  • the target coding block scheduled by the target control information may only be a partial coding block in the coding block of the Nth transmission, and the target control information may specify a new one for the Mth transmission in the process of scheduling the transmission of the target coding block.
  • Time-frequency resources new resources contain changes in the number of available REs
  • the number of encoded information bits of the target coding block scheduled by the target control information received by the terminal device may be the same as the target coding block coding in the Nth transmission
  • the number of post information bits is not equal.
  • the redundant version of the signal of the target code block received in the Mth transmission (or the starting position in the soft buffer) is the same as the redundancy version of the signal of the target coding block in the Nth transmission If the number of encoded bits of the corresponding signal of the target coding block received by the Mth transmission is equal to or more than the Nth transmission, the encoded bit soft information of the corresponding signal of the target coding block received at the Nth time is obtained. Discard, and merge the soft information corresponding to the encoded bit received at the Mth time into the soft buffer.
  • the encoded bit soft information of the corresponding signal of the target coding block received at the Nth time may be discarded.
  • the bit soft information of the Nth transmission corresponding to the encoded bit received this time may be discarded, and the soft information corresponding to the encoded bit received by the Mth time may be merged into the soft buffer.
  • the encoded bit of the target code block received at the Nth time has a sequence number of 100 to 299 in the soft buffer, which is 200 bits in total.
  • the Mth received the serial number 100 to 199, a total of 100 bits.
  • the terminal device discards 100 bits of sequence number 100 to 199 received in the Nth transmission, retains 100 bits of sequence number from 200 to 299, and merges the reserved bit soft information into the soft buffer.
  • This method can be applied to the network device determining that only the first 100 bits of the target coding block are affected. With this method, the time-frequency resource used in the transmission of the target code block transmission using the target control information can be reduced.
  • Step S206 The terminal device decodes the coded block indicated by the identifier information according to the second signal, and does not decode the coded block indicated by the identifier information according to the discarded first signal.
  • the terminal device writes the bit soft information obtained based on the second signal into the memory, and performs decoding according to the bit soft information in the memory. If the Nth transmission is the initial transmission of the target coding block, the signal corresponding to the target coding block (ie, the first signal) in the Nth transmission is discarded, and the terminal device may be based on the soft bit obtained according to the second signal in the soft memory. Information is decoded.
  • the Nth transmission is a retransmission of the target coding block
  • discarding the signal corresponding to the target coding block in the Nth transmission ie, the first signal
  • writing the bit soft information obtained based on the second signal to the memory is actually
  • the bit soft information is added to the bit soft information of the corresponding position in the memory, that is, "merged", and the terminal device can perform decoding based on the combined bit soft information in the soft memory.
  • the target control information may be used to indicate that the terminal device receives the target coding block, and may also instruct the terminal device to receive one retransmission of the at least one transport block.
  • the network device needs to perform supplementary transmission on the affected specific CB, that is, the target control information is used to instruct the terminal device to discard the signal corresponding to the target coding block in the Nth transmission and to schedule the Mth transmission of the target coding block.
  • the network device can also schedule retransmission of the at least one transport block by using the target control information.
  • the specific scheduling method is: assuming that there are T transport blocks, and the transport blocks associated with the target coding block are S, the target control information may include S+T block segments, and each field block contains the same content, each field block Include at least one of "MCS field", “RV field” and "NDI field”, wherein S field blocks are used to schedule retransmission or initial transmission of S transport blocks, and T fields are used for scheduling and target coding blocks Related transmissions.
  • the target control information may include S+1 blocks, each field block containing at least one of "MCS field", “RV field” and “NDI field”, each field block containing the same content, wherein
  • the S field blocks are used to schedule retransmission or initial transmission of the Sth transport block, and one field block is used for scheduling transmission related to the target coding block.
  • the target control information may also be used only to indicate that the terminal device discards the received signal (ie, the first information) corresponding to the target coding block in the Nth transmission in the HARQ process. That is to say, the target control information is only used to indicate that the terminal device discards the first signal, and is not used to instruct the terminal device to receive the second signal. In other words, the network device transmits the target control information to the terminal device without transmitting the second signal to the terminal device.
  • the network device uses the target control information to schedule the target coding block (ie, transmits the second signal).
  • the second signal includes only the signal corresponding to the target coding block whose RV number is 0 in the Nth transmission.
  • transport block #1 uses RV1 and transport block #2 uses RV0.
  • transport block #1 and transport block #2 as examples, the two transport blocks contain a total of six code blocks.
  • the identification information in the target control information indicates that the coding blocks #1-C and #1-D of the transport block #1 and the coding blocks #2-A and #2-B of the transport block #2 are the target coding blocks.
  • the target control information instructs the terminal device to discard the first signal, which is the coding block #1-C and #1-D of the Nth transmission and the transmission block #1 and the coding block #2-A of the transmission block #2. Receive signals corresponding to #2-B.
  • the target control information further instructs the terminal device to receive the second signal, which is a signal corresponding to the coded blocks #2-A and #2-B of the transport block #2. Since the transmission #1 does not use RV0 in the Nth transmission, the signal corresponding to the target coding block in the transmission block #1 is not included in the second signal.
  • the terminal device can understand that the received signal (information) corresponding to the coding block #1-C and the coding block #1-D and the coding block #2-A and the coding block #2-B received in the Nth transmission should be discarded. And decoding the coded block by using the received signal (information) corresponding to the coded block #2-A and the coded block #2-B received at the Mth time. That is, in the current transmission scheduled by the target control information, the network device transmits only the signals corresponding to the coding block #2-A and the coding block #2-B to the terminal device.
  • the target control information is only used to indicate that the terminal device discards the received signal (information) corresponding to the target coded block in the Nth transmission in the HARQ process, without indicating the target coded block transmission, and does not need to indicate the transmission.
  • the new transmission or retransmission of the block then one or more of the "NDI” field, the "MCS field”, the "RV field", the time-frequency resource indication field and the field related to the HARQ feedback information may be reused to indicate the target coding block. .
  • the target control information may be used to indicate a target coding block.
  • the target control information can also be used to indicate a certain portion of the Nth transmitted signal.
  • the bits that can be used for indication are X bits, and the sequence of all modulation symbols for the Nth transmission can be equally divided into X shares, one bit of the X bits corresponds to one of the X shares, and the bit is 0 indicates that the original transmission corresponds to The signal should be discarded. A bit of 1 indicates that the signal in the original transmission is reserved, and vice versa.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the network device determines that the affected coded block (ie, the target coded block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then sends control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the corresponding corresponding block of the affected coded block.
  • a first signal and instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block, and correspondingly, the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information, and then according to the The second signal decodes the affected coded block without decoding from the discarded first signal, making the decoded result more accurate.
  • the coding block of the present invention is only an example, and the coding block may also be a coding block group.
  • the bit 0 or the bit 1 used in the above description is only an example, and the embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 40 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device 40 may include a first sending unit 401 and a second sending unit 402.
  • the detailed description of each unit is as follows.
  • the first sending unit 401 is configured to send, to the terminal device, a transport block TB, where the transport block is the Nth transmitted transport block and the transport block includes at least one coded block CB, and the second sending unit 402 is configured to send a control to the terminal device.
  • the control information includes identification information indicating a coding block in the at least one coding block, the control information is used to indicate that the terminal device discards part or all of the first signal received by the terminal device and indicates the The terminal device receives the second signal, where the second signal is used by the terminal device to decode the coding block indicated by the identification information, and the discarded first signal is not used by the terminal device to decode the coding block indicated by the identification information,
  • the first signal is a receiving signal corresponding to the coding block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Nth time
  • the second signal is a receiving corresponding to the coding block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Mth time.
  • the signal, M and N are both positive integers and M is greater than N.
  • the network device determines that the affected coding block (ie, the target coding block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then sends control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the first signal corresponding to the affected coding block, And instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block, and in response, the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information, and then according to the second signal
  • the affected coded block is decoded without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, making the decoded result more accurate.
  • each of the partial bits in the identification information indicates one a coding block; when the number of bits used to carry the identification information is equal to the number of coding blocks included in the transport block, each bit in the identification information indicates one of the coded blocks; when used to carry the identification information When the number of bits is less than the number of coded blocks included in the transport block, at least one bit in the identification information is used to indicate a plurality of the coded blocks.
  • the transport block includes at least a first transport block and a second transport block, and the identifier information is used to indicate the first coding block, so that the terminal device determines the first according to a predefined rule.
  • a coding block and a second coding block the first coding block being a coding block in the first transmission block, and the second coding block being a coding block in the second transmission block.
  • the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time uses a coding rate that is greater than the coding rate used by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, or the Nth time of the network device. Transmitting the first coding block to use a modulation mapping order greater than the modulation mapping order used by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, or the coding rate used by the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time is greater than The encoding rate adopted by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, and the modulation mapping order adopted by the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time is greater than the modulation mapping adopted by the second coding block sent by the Nth time Order.
  • control information defines a field for indicating a redundancy version, and the field for indicating the redundancy version is further used to carry the identification information.
  • control information defines a field for indicating a coded modulation scheme or a modulation scheme, and the field for indicating the coded modulation scheme or the modulation scheme is further used to carry the identifier information.
  • the network device further includes a determining unit, configured to send, after the first sending unit sends the transport block TB to the terminal device, the second sending unit sends the control information to the terminal device Previously, the coding block that satisfies the preset condition in the at least one coding block is determined as a target coding block, and the identification information is used to indicate the target coding block.
  • the preset condition includes at least one of the following: 1. The proportion of the affected time-frequency resources in the used time-frequency resource reaches a preset threshold; 2. The used MCS The scheme belongs to the preset MCS scheme; 3. The serial number of the Redundancy version (RV) is equal to the preset RV sequence number.
  • each unit may also correspond to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the network device 40 depicted in FIG. 4 determines that the affected coding block (ie, the target coding block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then transmits control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the affected coding block.
  • the terminal device corresponds the first signal, and instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block.
  • the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information.
  • the affected coded block is then decoded according to the second signal without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, such that the decoded result is more accurate.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 50 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal device 50 may include a first receiving unit 501, a second receiving unit 502, a processing unit 503, and a decoding unit 504.
  • the first receiving unit 501 is configured to receive a transport block TB sent by the network device, the transport block is a transport block sent by the network device for the Nth time, and the transport block includes at least one code block CB;
  • the second receiving unit 502 is configured to receive control information sent by the network device, where the control information includes identifier information for indicating a coding block in the at least one coding block, and the processing unit 503 is configured to discard the received information according to the indication of the control information.
  • the first signal is a received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Nth time
  • the second signal is the terminal device
  • the received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identifier information received by the Mth time, M and N are both positive integers and M is greater than N
  • the decoding unit 504 is configured to use the first Decoding the coded block signal indicated by the identification information, it does not encode a signal of the block decoder according to the first identification information of the discarded instructions.
  • the network device determines that the affected coding block (ie, the target coding block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then sends control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the first signal corresponding to the affected coding block, And instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block, and in response, the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information, and then according to the second signal
  • the affected coded block is decoded without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, making the decoded result more accurate.
  • each of the partial bits in the identification information indicates one a coding block; when the number of bits used to carry the identification information is equal to the number of coding blocks included in the transport block, each bit in the identification information indicates one of the coded blocks; when used to carry the identification information When the number of bits is less than the number of coded blocks included in the transport block, at least one bit in the identification information is used to indicate a plurality of the coded blocks.
  • the transport block includes at least a first transport block and a second transport block, and the identifier information is used to indicate the first coding block, so that the terminal device determines the first according to a predefined rule.
  • a coding block and a second coding block the first coding block being a coding block in the first transmission block, and the second coding block being a coding block in the second transmission block.
  • the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time uses a coding rate that is greater than the coding rate used by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, or the Nth time of the network device. Transmitting the first coding block to use a modulation mapping order greater than the modulation mapping order used by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, or the coding rate used by the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time is greater than The encoding rate adopted by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, and the modulation mapping order adopted by the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time is greater than the modulation mapping adopted by the second coding block sent by the Nth time Order.
  • control information defines a field for indicating a redundancy version, and the field for indicating the redundancy version is further used to carry the identification information.
  • control information defines a field for indicating a coded modulation scheme or a modulation scheme, and the field for indicating the coded modulation scheme or the modulation scheme is further used to carry the identifier information.
  • each unit may also correspond to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the network device determines that the affected coding block (ie, the target coding block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then transmits control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the affected coding block.
  • the terminal device corresponds the first signal, and instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block.
  • the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information.
  • the affected coded block is then decoded according to the second signal without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, such that the decoded result is more accurate.
  • FIG. 6 is a network device 60.
  • the network device 60 includes a processor 601, a memory 602, and a transceiver 603.
  • the processor 601, the memory 602, and the transceiver 603 are connected to each other through a bus. .
  • the memory 602 includes, but is not limited to, a random access memory (English: Random Access Memory, RAM for short), a read-only memory (English: Read-Only Memory, ROM for short), and an erasable programmable read-only memory (English: Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM), or Portable Read-Only Memory (CD-ROM), which is used for related commands and data.
  • the transceiver 603 is for receiving and transmitting data.
  • the processor 601 may be one or more central processing units (English: Central Processing Unit, CPU for short). In the case that the processor 601 is a CPU, the CPU may be a single core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • the processor 601 in the network device 60 is configured to read the program code stored in the memory 602 and perform the following operations:
  • the transport block is the Nth transmitted transport block and the transport block includes at least one coded block CB;
  • control information includes identifier information for indicating a coding block in the at least one coding block
  • the control information is used to indicate that the terminal device discards the first received by the terminal device Part or all of the signal and indicating that the terminal device receives the second signal
  • the second signal is used by the terminal device to decode the coding block indicated by the identification information
  • the discarded first signal is not used by the terminal device pair
  • the coded block indicated by the identifier information is decoded
  • the first signal is a received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Nth time
  • the second signal is received by the terminal device for the Mth time.
  • the received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identification information, M and N are both positive integers and M is greater than N.
  • the network device determines that the affected coded block (ie, the target coded block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then sends control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the first signal corresponding to the affected coded block. And instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block, and in response, the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information, and then according to the second signal
  • the affected coded block is decoded without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, making the decoded result more accurate.
  • each of the partial bits in the identification information indicates one a coding block; when the number of bits used to carry the identification information is equal to the number of coding blocks included in the transport block, each bit in the identification information indicates one of the coded blocks; when used to carry the identification information When the number of bits is less than the number of coded blocks included in the transport block, at least one bit in the identification information is used to indicate a plurality of the coded blocks.
  • the transport block includes at least a first transport block and a second transport block, and the identifier information is used to indicate the first coding block, so that the terminal device determines the first according to a predefined rule.
  • a coding block and a second coding block the first coding block being a coding block in the first transmission block, and the second coding block being a coding block in the second transmission block.
  • the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time uses a coding rate that is greater than the coding rate used by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, or the Nth time of the network device. Transmitting the first coding block to use a modulation mapping order greater than the modulation mapping order used by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, or the coding rate used by the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time is greater than The encoding rate adopted by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, and the modulation mapping order adopted by the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time is greater than the modulation mapping adopted by the second coding block sent by the Nth time Order.
  • control information defines a field for indicating a redundancy version, and the field for indicating the redundancy version is further used to carry the identification information.
  • control information defines a field for indicating a coded modulation scheme or a modulation scheme, and the field for indicating the coded modulation scheme or the modulation scheme is further used to carry the identifier information.
  • the processor 601 after the processor 601 sends the transmission block TB to the terminal device through the transceiver 603, the processor 601 further sends the control information to the terminal device through the transceiver 603, and the processor further And a coding block that satisfies a preset condition in the at least one coding block is determined as a target coding block, and the identification information is used to indicate the target coding block.
  • the preset condition includes at least one of the following: 1. The proportion of the affected time-frequency resources in the used time-frequency resource reaches a preset threshold; 2. The used MCS The scheme belongs to the preset MCS scheme. 3. The serial number of the redundancy version (RV) is equal to the preset RV sequence number.
  • each operation may also correspond to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the network device 60 depicted in FIG. 6 determines that the affected coding block (ie, the target coding block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then transmits control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the affected coding block.
  • the terminal device corresponds the first signal, and instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block.
  • the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information.
  • the affected coded block is then decoded according to the second signal without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, such that the decoded result is more accurate.
  • FIG. 7 is a terminal device 70 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the terminal device 70 includes a processor 701, a memory 702, and a transceiver 703.
  • the processor 701, the memory 702, and the transceiver 703 are connected to each other through a bus. .
  • the memory 702 includes, but is not limited to, a random access memory (English: Random Access Memory, RAM for short), a read-only memory (English: Read-Only Memory, abbreviated as: ROM), and an erasable programmable read-only memory (English: Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM), or Portable Read-Only Memory (CD-ROM), which is used for related commands and data.
  • the transceiver 703 is configured to receive and transmit data.
  • the processor 701 may be one or more central processing units (English: Central Processing Unit, CPU for short). In the case that the processor 701 is a CPU, the CPU may be a single core CPU or a multi-core CPU.
  • CPU Central Processing Unit
  • the processor 701 in the terminal device 70 is configured to read the program code stored in the memory 702, and perform the following operations: receiving, by the transceiver 703, a transport block TB sent by the network device, where the transport block is sent by the network device for the Nth time.
  • Transmitting a block and the transport block includes at least one coded block CB; receiving, by the transceiver 703, control information transmitted by the network device, the control information including identification information indicating a coded block in the at least one coded block; according to the control information Instructing to discard part or all of the received first signal and receiving the second signal;
  • the first signal is a received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identification information received by the terminal device at the Nth time
  • the second The signal is a received signal corresponding to the coded block indicated by the identifier information received by the terminal device at the Mth time, M and N are both positive integers and M is greater than N; and the coded block indicated by the identifier information is decoded according to the second signal. And decoding the coded block indicated by the identification information according to the discarded first signal.
  • the network device determines that the affected coded block (ie, the target coded block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then sends control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the first signal corresponding to the affected coded block. And instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block, and in response, the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information, and then according to the second signal
  • the affected coded block is decoded without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, making the decoded result more accurate.
  • each of the partial bits in the identification information indicates one a coding block; when the number of bits used to carry the identification information is equal to the number of coding blocks included in the transport block, each bit in the identification information indicates one of the coded blocks; when used to carry the identification information When the number of bits is less than the number of coded blocks included in the transport block, at least one bit in the identification information is used to indicate a plurality of the coded blocks.
  • the transport block includes at least a first transport block and a second transport block, and the identifier information is used to indicate the first coding block, so that the terminal device determines the first according to a predefined rule.
  • a coding block and a second coding block the first coding block being a coding block in the first transmission block, and the second coding block being a coding block in the second transmission block.
  • the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time uses a coding rate that is greater than the coding rate used by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, or the Nth time of the network device. Transmitting the first coding block to use a modulation mapping order greater than the modulation mapping order used by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, or the coding rate used by the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time is greater than The encoding rate adopted by the second coding block sent by the Nth time, and the modulation mapping order adopted by the first coding block sent by the network device at the Nth time is greater than the modulation mapping adopted by the second coding block sent by the Nth time Order.
  • control information defines a field for indicating a redundancy version, and the field for indicating the redundancy version is further used to carry the identification information.
  • control information defines a field for indicating a coded modulation scheme or a modulation scheme, and the field for indicating the coded modulation scheme or the modulation scheme is further used to carry the identifier information.
  • each operation may also correspond to the corresponding description of the method embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the network device determines that the affected coding block (ie, the target coding block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then transmits control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the affected coding block.
  • the terminal device corresponds the first signal, and instructing the terminal device to receive the second signal corresponding to the affected coded block.
  • the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information.
  • the affected coded block is then decoded according to the second signal without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, such that the decoded result is more accurate.
  • the network device determines that the affected coding block (ie, the target coding block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then sends control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the affected code.
  • the terminal device determines that the affected coding block (ie, the target coding block) is transmitted in the transport block, and then sends control information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to discard the affected code.
  • the terminal device discards all or part of the first signal and receives the second signal according to the indication of the control information.
  • the affected coded block is then decoded according to the second signal without being decoded according to the discarded first signal, so that the decoded result is more accurate.
  • Typical eMBB services include ultra-high-definition video, etc.
  • the main features of these services are large amount of transmitted data and high transmission rate.
  • Typical URLLC services include: wireless control in industrial manufacturing or production processes, motion control of driverless cars and drones, and tactile interaction applications such as remote repair and remote surgery.
  • the main features of these services are ultra-reliable. Sex, low latency, less data transfer and burstiness.
  • Typical mMTC services include: smart grid distribution automation, smart city, etc. Its main features are the large number of networked devices, the small amount of transmitted data, and the insensitivity of data to transmission delay. These mMTC terminals need to meet low cost and long time. Standby requirements.
  • data of different types of services in one cell in a 5G network may have a service preemption due to different requirements for delay and reliability.
  • the case of a transmission resource of a service For example, the generation of data packets of the URLLC service is bursty and random, and may not generate data packets for a long period of time, or may generate multiple data packets in a short time, and the data packets of the URLLC service. In most cases it is a packet, for example 50 bytes.
  • the eMBB service has a relatively large amount of data and a relatively high transmission rate. Therefore, a long time unit is usually used for data transmission to improve transmission efficiency.
  • the network device may allocate the already used for transmission in order to meet the ultra-short delay requirement of the URLLC service.
  • the time-frequency resource of the eMBB service data is used to transmit the URLLC service data. At this time, if the user still decodes in the original manner, the reliability of the received signal is lowered.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be specifically applied to various communication networks, for example, Global System of Mobile communication (English: Global System of Mobile communication, abbreviation: GSM), Code Division Multiple Access (abbreviation: CDMA) ), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (OFDM: TD-SCDMA), Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (English: Universal Mobile Telecommunication System, abbreviation: UMTS), Long Term Evolution (English: Long Term Evolution, abbreviation: LTE) network, etc.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • OFDM Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • the network also known as the New Radio (NR: NR) network, can be used for D2D (device to device) networks, M2M (machine to machine) networks, and the like.
  • the network device involved in the present application may refer to an entity on the network side for transmitting or receiving information, such as a base station, or may be a transmission point (English: Transmission Point, abbreviation: TP), and a transmission and reception point (English: transmission) And receiver point, abbreviated as: TRP), a relay device, or other network device having a base station function, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • TP Transmission Point
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • TRP transmission and reception point
  • relay device or other network device having a base station function, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • a terminal device is a device having a communication function, which may also be referred to as a terminal, which may include a handheld device having a wireless communication function, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a computing device, or other processing connected to a wireless modem.
  • Equipment etc.
  • Terminal devices can be called different names in different networks, such as: terminal, user equipment (English: User Equipment, abbreviation: UE), mobile station, subscriber unit, station, cellular phone, personal digital assistant, wireless modem, wireless communication Equipment, handheld devices, laptops, cordless phones, wireless local loop stations, etc.
  • the terminal device may refer to a wireless terminal or a wired terminal.
  • the wireless terminal can be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with wireless connectivity, or other processing device connected to the wireless modem, which can be accessed via a radio access network (eg, RAN, radio access) Network) communicates with one or more core networks.
  • a radio access network eg, RAN, radio access
  • a base station which may also be referred to as a base station device, is a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide wireless communication functions.
  • the name of the base station may be different in different wireless access systems, for example, in a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) network, the base station is called a Node B (NodeB), in the LTE network.
  • the base station is called an evolved Node B (abbreviation: eNB or eNodeB), and may be called a Transmission Reception Point (TRP) network node or a g-Node B (g-NodeB, gNB) in a future 5G system. , etc., not listed here.
  • TRP Transmission Reception Point
  • FIG. 8 is a structural diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the communication system may include a terminal device and a network device, where the terminal device and the network device can communicate and transmit various service data, for example, processing services such as eMBB, URLLC, and mMTC. .
  • processing services such as eMBB, URLLC, and mMTC.
  • the resource may include one or more of a time domain resource, a frequency domain resource, a codeword resource, and a beam resource.
  • the allocation of the resources may be performed by a network device such as a base station.
  • the network device may allocate resources for the service data by using reserved resources according to characteristics of different services.
  • the network device may also use a preemption mode to allocate resources for the service data.
  • the preemption mode helps to improve system resource utilization and reduce the waste of reserved resources caused by no service. This application takes a preemptive mode as an example for detailed description.
  • the "preemption" may refer to that the network device selects part or all of the time-frequency resources on the time-frequency resources that have been allocated for transmitting the first service data, for transmitting the second service data, that is, the already allocated one for transmission.
  • the time-frequency resource of the service data is selected to be used for transmitting another service data, and the network device does not send the first service data on the time-frequency resource for transmitting the second service data, as shown in the figure. 9 is shown. Therefore, when the first service user processes the data on the time-frequency resource for transmitting the first service data, the data on the time-frequency resource for transmitting the second service data needs to be cleared, that is, cleared. Affected signals.
  • the first service user that is affected by the second service data (or the first service user that is preempted by the second service data) may be one or more resources that are different from the first service user by the second service data.
  • the percentage of total resources allocated to a network device can vary.
  • the “service user” may refer to a terminal device corresponding to the data that receives the service.
  • the network device can send an indication to the terminal device such that the terminal device can clear the affected signal according to the indication, ie decode the received signal according to the indication.
  • the network device Due to the bursty and short-latency requirements of the URLLC service data, in order to improve the system resource utilization, the network device usually does not reserve resources for the transmission of the URLLC service data, and uses the preemptive mode to allocate resources for the URLLC service data. Specifically, when the URLLC service data arrives at the network device, if there is no idle time-frequency resource at this time, the network device cannot wait for the scheduled transmission of the eMBB service data after completing the ultra-short delay requirement of the URLLC service.
  • the URLLC service data is scheduled, and the network device may select part or all of the time-frequency resources for transmitting the URLLC service data on the time-frequency resources that have been allocated for transmitting the eMBB service data, and are used for transmitting the URLLC service data.
  • the data of the eMBB service is not sent on the time-frequency resource, that is, the "preemption" resource. If the URLLC service data has an idle time-frequency resource, the idle time-frequency resource may be allocated to the URLLC service data.
  • the data for transmitting traffic may be described in units of a transport block (abbreviation: TB).
  • a TB can be divided into a plurality of coding blocks CB for channel coding or decoding, respectively, and the terminal device has the capability to independently decode different CBs in one transport block.
  • one TB may include at least one CBG, and one CBG includes at least one CB.
  • the network device may indicate retransmission based on a set of CBs, ie, CBGs.
  • the original transmission may be a complete TB, and only the wrong CBG needs to be transmitted in the retransmission.
  • the data for transmitting the service data may also be described in units of information blocks.
  • the "information block” may include one or more TBs, one or more CBs, and one or more CBGs.
  • the base station schedules the terminal device to perform physical layer data transmission, one or more information blocks are actually transmitted, and one information block may include several information bits. Depending on the number of information bits, the information bits can be divided into one or more coded blocks. The following describes a transport block as an example.
  • a signal not used for transport block decoding may mean “no decoding of a transport block” or "a signal that does not decode a transport block”.
  • the “affected” may mean that the time-frequency resource indicated by the network device to the terminal device for transmitting the first signal does not carry the first signal but is used to carry the second signal during the actual transmission process.
  • the other signal that is, the signal received by the terminal device on the time-frequency resource expected to transmit the first signal is not the first signal but other signals.
  • “affected” may mean that the time-frequency resource indicated by the network device to the terminal device for transmitting the first signal does not carry the first signal, and does not carry any other signals, for example, the network device is in the terminal device.
  • the "affected" may be that the time-frequency resource used by the network device to transmit the first signal carries the first signal, and the time-frequency resource also carries the second signal, that is, the terminal device is in the The signal received on the time-frequency resource also includes other signals than the first signal; wherein the second signal may be a signal transmitted by the same network device.
  • the network device sends (for example, transmitting on the same time-frequency resource) the first signal and the second signal to the terminal device by means of superposition; or the network device can send the first signal by using different signal characteristics.
  • the second signal so that the terminal device can distinguish the first signal and the second signal, for example, the network device can transmit the first signal and the second signal by using different modulation mapping manners or different waveforms.
  • the “affected” may refer to a time-frequency resource indicated by the network device to the terminal device for transmitting the first signal, and the second signal is also carried by the time-frequency resource, and the second signal is further It may be sent by another transmitting device different from the network device, and the second signal may be an interference to the terminal device, or the second signal may be a useful signal for the terminal device.
  • the “clearing signal” may refer to one or more implementations of the terminal device according to the indication of the clearing indication information, the criteria and method predefined by the communication standard protocol specification, and the criteria and method for configuring the network device for the terminal device.
  • Clear operation may be CBG indication information, and the terminal device may clear all or part of the received signals of the CBG indication information corresponding to the CBG according to the CBG indication information.
  • the clearing indication information may also be other indication information, such as the second indication information and/or the fourth indication information, which are used to indicate which of the time-frequency resources on the time-frequency resource are corresponding to the received signal in one transmission. Was affected. Therefore, the terminal device can clear all or part of the received signals corresponding to the resource according to the indication.
  • "clearing the signal” may mean not using the “signal” for decoding, or not decoding according to the “signal” and generating a corresponding ACK/NACK feedback signal.
  • the "clear signal” may be a partial clearing of the indicated signal or a full clearing of the indicated signal. Specifically, when the terminal device clears the signal, the soft bit information corresponding to the signal to be cleared may be set to 0 in a soft buffer; or the terminal device does not correspond to the signal to be cleared.
  • the information is written into the soft memory; or, the terminal device does not use the modulation symbol corresponding to the signal to be cleared in the signal (for example, when the modulation symbol is not received) or the bit to be decoded (for example, demodulated processing)
  • the decoding process is not performed; or the terminal device does not receive the signal to be cleared; or the terminal device discards the time domain received signal corresponding to the signal to be cleared, or the modulation symbol, or the bit information, etc.
  • the “discard discard” can also be described as "clearing the eliminate”, “dropping the drop”, “removing the remove”, “wiping out the obliterate”, “zeroing the set to be zero", etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the present application discloses a method for indicating control information, a terminal device, and a network device, which helps to improve the reliability of a received signal. The details are explained below.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of interaction of a method for indicating control information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method for indicating control information in the embodiment of the present invention may include the following steps:
  • the network device determines first control information, where the first control information is used to indicate that the terminal device receives the transport block sent by the network device, and the transport block may include at least a third transport block.
  • the network device sends the first control information to the terminal device.
  • the transport block may include one or more transport blocks, assuming that one of the transport blocks included in the transport block is recorded as a third transport block. Further, if the transport block includes only one transport block, the transport block is the third transport block.
  • the first control information may include at least one dedicated control field group, and each dedicated control field group may correspond to one transport block, such that one dedicated control field group in the at least one dedicated control field group may correspond to The third transport block.
  • the first control information may include first indication information, where the first indication information may be used to indicate that the third transport block is an initial transmission (also referred to as “new transmission”, that is, the first transmission) or retransmission. . Further, the first control information may be further used to indicate whether a signal not used for the decoding of the transport block is included in a received signal before the transport block.
  • the first indication information may be carried in a dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transport block.
  • the terminal device discards, according to the first control information, a signal that is not used for decoding of the transport block in the received signal before the transport block.
  • the terminal device can receive the first control information sent by the network device.
  • the terminal device may A control message discards a signal that is not used for the decoding of the transport block in the received signal before the transport block, for example, the terminal device may discard the third transport block before the third transport block according to the first control information. Decoded signal.
  • the first control information may further include: the HARQ process index indication information, where the HARQ process index indication information is used to indicate the first HARQ process index corresponding to the transport block, and the terminal device discards the first control information according to the first control information.
  • the third transport block may be specifically used by the network in the first j transmissions corresponding to the first HARQ process index.
  • the terminal device discards the received signal before the third transport block according to the first control information. A signal that is not used for decoding of the third transport block.
  • the j can take a value of 1.
  • the value of the j may be predefined, for example, preset in the network device and/or the terminal device, or the value of the j may be dynamically or semi-statically notified to the terminal device by the network device.
  • the value of j may be controlled by the network device through physical layer signaling (Downlink Control Information, DCI) signaling, Media Access Control (MAC) layer signaling, or radio resources.
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the first control information may further include second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether a signal that is not used for the decoding of the transport block is included in the received signal before the transport block; or A control information implicitly indicates whether a signal not used for decoding of the transport block is included in the received signal before the transport block.
  • the second indication information may be carried by one field in the first control information. The field may be dedicated to carry the second indication information, and may also be used to carry the second indication information and/or other indication information or control information.
  • the field used to carry the second indication information may be used only for carrying the second indication information, or may be used to carry the other indication information or the control information to carry the second indication information, or may be reused for
  • the field carrying the second indication information carries other indication information or control information.
  • the reused field may be one or more of the following fields: Modulation and Coding Scheme (abbreviation: MCS)
  • MCS Modulation and Coding Scheme
  • the field, the HARQ process index field, the New Data Indication (NDI) field, the Redundancy Version (RV) field, etc., are not limited in this application.
  • the implicit indication manner may be that the scrambling code of the first control information may indicate to the terminal device whether the received signal before the transport block includes a signal not used for decoding the transport block, or The first control information is displayed before or after the transmission of the feedback information corresponding to the received signal before the transmission block, whether the received signal before the transmission block includes a signal not used for the decoding of the transport block, etc., which is not limited in the application. .
  • the second indication information may only indicate whether to include a signal that is not used for transport block decoding (or whether to include a signal that needs to be discarded, or whether the affected signal is included). That is, the second indication information only indicates whether a signal not used for decoding of the transport block is included in the received signal before the transport block.
  • the transport block retransmission network device may send all coded block/code block groups in the transport block to the terminal device (ie, code block and Or the coded block group, when the partial coded block/coded block group in the transport block is also sent, the first control information may further include at least one data indication information, such as CBG indication information (hereinafter, the data indication information is indicated by CBG)
  • CBG indication information may be used to indicate which of the received signals preceding the transport block are corresponding to the CBG, and the received signal is a signal that needs to be discarded (ie, which signals are affected signals), that is, the second indication information is passed.
  • the second indication information may indicate whether a signal not used for transport block decoding is included, and if included, the second indication information may further indicate which of the received signals in the received signal before the transport block need to be discarded. That is, the second indication information itself indicates which of the received signals before the transmission block are received signals corresponding to the CBG, which is a signal to be discarded, which is not limited in this application.
  • the second indication information itself indicates (or the second indication information and the CBG indication information together indicate), among the received signals before the transmission block, which of the received signals corresponding to the CBG are signals that need to be discarded, the second indication information (or the The two indication information together with the CBG indication information may directly indicate one of the transport blocks (eg, the third transport block), that is, which of the received signals preceding the one transport block are received by the CBG.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the signal of the one transport block that needs to be discarded, signals that other transport blocks need to discard.
  • the second indication information itself indicates (or the second indication information and the CBG indication information indicate together), which of the received signals before the transmission block are received signals corresponding to the CBG
  • the second indication information may be directly At least two transport blocks in the transport block are indicated, that is, which of the received signals preceding the at least two transport blocks are received, and the received signals corresponding to the CBG need to be discarded.
  • the second indication information may be carried in a dedicated control field group in the at least one dedicated control field group, and the third control block corresponds to a dedicated control field group and carries the second
  • the dedicated control field groups of the indication information may be the same or different.
  • the first control information may include only one second indication information, where the second indication information may be carried in a dedicated control field group corresponding to one transport block, and the second indication information pair The transport block corresponding to the dedicated control field group is valid. For example, when the second indication information is carried in the first dedicated control field group, the second indication information is valid for the first transport block.
  • the second indication information may be carried by one dedicated control field group in the first control information.
  • the first control information may be configured to allocate up to V transport blocks at a time, and the first control information may be divided into V+1 a region, where V regions are V dedicated control field groups that can correspond to V transport blocks, and one region includes a non-dedicated control field (or a public control field group), or a control field included in the one region
  • the transport block is valid for all transport blocks.
  • the indication information of the dedicated control field group is valid only for the corresponding transport block; if the transport block corresponding to the dedicated control field group is The indication information of the dedicated control field group may all be invalid, or the part indication information of the dedicated control field group is invalid, or the part of the dedicated control field group indicates that the information is valid and valid.
  • the corresponding transport block indicating the area is not scheduled this time, and so on, so that the false detection probability can be reduced.
  • the terminal device may further determine that the third transport block is an initial transmission or a retransmission, and may determine a dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transport block and a dedicated control field group that carries the second indication information.
  • the third transport block is retransmitted, it is determined that the second indication information is valid for the third transport block. Otherwise, if the third transport block is an initial transmission, it may be determined that the second indication information is invalid.
  • the terminal device may The second indication information discards a signal in the received signal before the third transport block that is not used for the third transport block decoding.
  • the first control information is used to schedule an e-th transmission of the third transport block (an example of the Mth transmission), and the second indication information indication includes not being used for the third transport block translation.
  • the terminal device may discard the signal that is not used for decoding of the third transport block among the received signals corresponding to the ekth (an example of the Nth transmission) of the third transport block.
  • e and k are both positive integers, and e is greater than k.
  • the k can take a value of 1.
  • the dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transport block when the dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transport block is different from the dedicated control field group that carries the second indication information, it may indicate that the first control information indicates the received signal before the third transport block. Signals not used for decoding of the third transport block are not included.
  • the terminal device may discard the signal not used for the decoding of the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block according to the first control information, and may also be based on the first control The information and the time-frequency resource position in the first j transmissions corresponding to the first HARQ process index and the first HARQ process index are discarded, and the received signal before the other transport block is discarded is not used for the other transport block decoding.
  • the signal that is, the affected signal of the other transport block is determined according to the affected signal of the third transport block.
  • the first control information is used to schedule the e-th transmission of the third transport block
  • the second indication information indicates that the terminal device is not used for the third transport block decoding.
  • the time-frequency resource location in the ek-time transmission discards the signal that is not used for decoding of the fourth transport block in the received signal corresponding to the fg-th transmission of the fourth transport block.
  • f and g are both positive integers and f>g.
  • the g can take a value of 1.
  • the transport block may further include a fourth transport block, that is, two transport blocks are scheduled this time, and one of the at least two dedicated control field groups corresponds to the fourth transport block,
  • the dedicated control field group corresponding to the fourth transport block and the dedicated control field group carrying the second indication information may be the same or different. Further, if the dedicated control field group carrying the second indication information is the same as the dedicated control field group corresponding to the fourth transport block, it may indicate that the first control information is used to indicate the previous transmission of the fourth transport block. Whether signals in the signal that are not used for decoding of the fourth transport block are included in the signal.
  • the first control information may further include third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the fourth transport block is an initial transmission or a retransmission.
  • the third indication information indicates that the fourth transport block is a retransmission
  • the second indication The information may also be used to indicate whether a signal not used for the decoding of the fourth transport block is included in the received signal before the fourth transport block.
  • the third indication information indicates that the fourth transmission block is an initial transmission, it may be determined that the first control information does not indicate that the affected signal is previously.
  • the first control information may be further used to indicate a first HARQ process index corresponding to the transport block, where the fourth transport block is scheduled by the network device in a previous j transmission corresponding to the first HARQ process index, And the second indication information indicates that the received signal before the transport block includes a signal that is not used for transport block decoding, the second indication information may indicate that the received signal before the fourth transport block includes not used for the fourth transmission. Block decoded signal.
  • the terminal device may discard the fourth according to the second indication information.
  • the received signal before the transport block is not used for the signal decoded by the fourth transport block.
  • the first control information is used to schedule the e-th transmission of the third transport block and the f-th transmission of the fourth transport block, the second indication information indication includes not being used for transport block decoding.
  • the terminal device may discard the signal not used for decoding the third transport block in the received signal corresponding to the ekth transmission of the third transport block according to the first control information (second indication information), and according to The first control information (second indication information) discards a signal that is not used for decoding of the fourth transport block among the received signals corresponding to the fgth transmission of the fourth transport block.
  • the second indication information may indicate that both transport blocks are affected, and the first control information may further include two CBG indication information, where each CBG indication information corresponds to one transport block, such as a first CBG indication.
  • the information is used to indicate which CBGs of the third transport block are transmitted, and the second CBG indication information is used to indicate which CBGs of the fourth transport block are transmitted, and the terminal device can respectively indicate the CBG indication information of each of the two transport blocks.
  • the previously transmitted received signal corresponding to the scheduled CBG is taken as a received signal that is not used for decoding.
  • the terminal device may discard the third transport block according to the second indication information.
  • a signal not used for decoding of the third transport block in the received signal, and a first j transmission corresponding to the first HARQ process index according to the second indication information and the signal not used for the third transport block decoding The time-frequency resource location in the middle discards the signal in the received signal before the fourth transport block that is not used for the decoding of the fourth transport block.
  • one transmission block when determining a signal that is not used for decoding, one transmission block may be dominant, and the other reference to the "one transmission block", that is, the affected signal of another transmission block is determined according to the affected signal of one transmission block.
  • the transport block indicated by the third transport block or the first dedicated control field, or the transport block with a larger MCS sequence number, or a higher coding rate, or a larger modulation order is determined in the previous transmission.
  • the affected signal of another transport block is determined in the previous transmission.
  • the terminal device may determine that the previous received signal corresponding to the CBG indicated by the CBG indication information (or the CBG indicated by the second indication information) is a signal that is not used for decoding; and for the fourth transport block, The terminal device may determine, according to the time-frequency resource corresponding to the CBG, which of the previous received signals of the fourth transport block are not used for decoding.
  • the two transport blocks are usually Space-divided, that is, the two transport blocks use the same range of time-frequency resources, but are mapped on different spatial layers.
  • a transmission block such as a received signal of a third transport block
  • another time-frequency location corresponding to another transport block on the other spatial layer on the corresponding time-frequency resource, such as the fourth transport block may also be affected. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device determines that CB#1-C on the first layer in the ekth transmission is affected by the method of the present application, and accordingly, the terminal device can also confirm CB2- on the second layer.
  • the time-frequency resources of the black box corresponding to B are also affected.
  • the first control information may include an indication information indicating whether the previous received signal includes a signal that is not used for transport block decoding (ie, indicating whether there is an affected signal before), that is, the second indication
  • the information, the second indication information may be carried in a dedicated control field group corresponding to one transport block.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the first control information, that the first control information schedules several transport blocks. If only one transport block, that is, the third transport block, is scheduled, and the third transport block is scheduled by a dedicated control field group that does not include the second indication information, the terminal device may determine that the first control information is not indicated before There are affected signals.
  • the third transport block may also be detected as an initial transmission or a retransmission, such as according to the above.
  • the first indication information determines whether it is an initial transmission. If the third transport block is an initial transmission, it may indicate that the second indication information is invalid; as shown in FIG. 11, if it is a retransmission (assuming that the first control information is the e-th transmission indicating the third transport block), It can be indicated that the second indication information is valid. When the second indication information is valid, it may be determined whether the second indication information indicates whether the affected signal, that is, the signal not used for the decoding of the transport block, is included.
  • the terminal device may discard the affected signal in the received signal before the third transport block (eg, the ekth transmission of the third transport block) according to the second indication information; if the second indication information does not include not used for the transmission
  • the block decoded signal indicates that the first control information does not indicate that there is an affected signal before.
  • the terminal device discards the received signal before the third transport block according to the second indication information, such as the affected signal in the received signal corresponding to the ekth transmission, if the received signal corresponding to the ekth transmission before the third transport block
  • other transport blocks such as the fg-th transmission of the fourth transport block.
  • the terminal device may determine the affected signal in the ekth transmission of the third transport block according to the second indication information. And determining an affected signal of the other transport block according to the affected signal of the third transport block.
  • the transport block corresponding to the dedicated control field group carrying the second indication information is the first The third transport block, and the other is the fourth transport block. Then, the third transport block and the fourth transport block may be determined to be initial transmission or retransmission, for example, according to the first indication information and the third indication information, whether it is an initial transmission. If both the third transport block and the fourth transport block are initial transmissions, it may be determined that the first control information does not indicate that there is an affected signal before.
  • the third transport block is an initial transmission and the fourth transport block is a retransmission, it may be determined that the first control information does not indicate that the affected signal is previously; if the third transport block is a retransmission, the fourth transport block is an initial transmission.
  • the second indication information indicates whether the affected signal is included. If the second indication information indicates that the affected signal is included, the terminal device may discard the affected signal in the received signal before the third transport block (eg, the ekth transmission of the third transport block) according to the second indication information; if the second indication The information indication does not include the affected signal, and it may be determined that the first control information does not indicate that the affected signal was previously present.
  • the terminal device may further determine whether the transmission corresponding to the ekth transmission before the third transport block is included. The fourth transport block. If only the third transport block is included, as shown in FIG. 15, the terminal device may discard the affected signal in the e-kth transmission of the third transport block according to the second indication information. If the third transport block and the fourth transport block are included, as shown in FIG. 13, the terminal device may determine, according to the second indication information, the affected signal in the ekth transmission of the third transport block, and according to the third transport block. The affected signal determines the affected signal of the fourth transport block for discarding. If the second indication information indicates that the affected signal is not included, it may be determined that the first control information does not indicate that the affected signal was previously present.
  • the terminal device may discard the affected received signal of a certain transmission according to the indication of the first control information (for example, the second indication information itself, or the second indication information and the CBG indication information are indicated together) (For example, the ekth transmission or the first j transmissions corresponding to the first HARQ index), part or all of the received signals corresponding to the affected coding block group and/or the transmission block in the received signal before the transmission block may also be discarded.
  • the indication of the first control information for example, the second indication information itself, or the second indication information and the CBG indication information are indicated together
  • the ekth transmission or the first j transmissions corresponding to the first HARQ index part or all of the received signals corresponding to the affected coding block group and/or the transmission block in the received signal before the transmission block may also be discarded.
  • the second indication information may also be carried in a control field of the first control information except the dedicated control field group, and the second indication information may be used in the common control field. Indicates whether a signal not used for decoding of the transport block is included in the received signal before all the transport blocks corresponding to the dedicated control field group.
  • the second indication information may be carried by one control information bit in the control information
  • the first control information may be divided into V+1 areas, including one “common area”, that is, a common control field, and the remaining V
  • the areas are V dedicated control field groups, and the V dedicated control field groups respectively correspond to V transport blocks that should be transmitted.
  • the common control field includes (bearer) information that is valid for all transport blocks that are scheduled in the transmission, or that is independent of all transport blocks of the transmission.
  • the terminal device may be configured according to the first control information (second The indication information is discarded from the signal of the received signal before the third transport block that is not used for the third transport block decoding.
  • the first control information may be used to indicate a first HARQ process index corresponding to the transport block, and the terminal device does not use the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block is discarded according to the first control information.
  • the decoded signal may be specifically: when the third transport block is scheduled by the network device in the first j transmissions corresponding to the first HARQ process index, and the first control information indicates a received signal before the transport block
  • the terminal device may discard the signal not used for decoding the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block according to the first control information.
  • k is a positive integer, for example, the k can take a value of 1.
  • the terminal device may discard the signal not used for the decoding of the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block according to the first control information, and may also be based on the first control
  • the information and the time-frequency resource position in the first j transmissions corresponding to the first HARQ process index and the first HARQ process index are discarded, and the received signal before the other transport block is discarded is not used for the other transport block decoding.
  • the signal, that is, the affected signal of the other transport block is determined according to the affected signal of the third transport block.
  • the transport block may further include a fourth transport block
  • the first control information may further include third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the fourth transport block is an initial transmission or a retransmission. If the third indication information indicates that the fourth transmission block is an initial transmission, it may be determined that the first control information (second indication information) does not indicate that the fourth transmission block has an affected signal before. If the third indication information indicates that the fourth transport block is a retransmission, it may be determined that the first control information (second indication information) indicates whether there is an affected signal before the third transport block and the fourth transport block.
  • the second indication information may indicate that the third transport block and the fourth transport block in the previous (eg, previous) transmission include signals that are not used for decoding, that is, that both transport blocks are affected, but the terminal device When it is determined that only the third transport block is transmitted in the previous transmission, the second indication information may be used only to indicate the third transport block.
  • the first control information may be further used to indicate a first HARQ process index corresponding to the transport block; the third transport block and the fourth The transport block is scheduled by the network device in the first j transmissions corresponding to the first HARQ process index, and the modulation coding scheme index of the third transport block is greater than or equal to the fourth transport block in the previous j transmissions Modulating the coding scheme index, or the modulation order of the third transport block is greater than or equal to the modulation order of the fourth transport block, or the coding rate of the third transport block is greater than or equal to the coding rate of the fourth transport block .
  • the modulation coding scheme index that is, the MCS sequence number is larger, or the coding rate is higher, or the modulation order A larger number of transport blocks are used as the third transport block.
  • the terminal device may be configured according to the second indication. And discarding, in the received signal before the third transport block, a signal that is not used for the third transport block decoding, and the received signal that is discarded before the fourth transport block is discarded according to the second indication information is not used for the fourth transport block translation
  • the second indication information may indicate that both transport blocks are affected
  • the first control information may further include two CBG indication information, where each CBG indication information corresponds to one transport block, such as a first CBG indication.
  • the information is used to indicate which CBGs of the third transport block are transmitted, and the second CBG indication information is used to indicate which CBGs of the fourth transport block are transmitted, and the terminal device can respectively indicate the CBG indication information of each of the two transport blocks.
  • the previously transmitted received signal corresponding to the scheduled CBG is taken as a received signal that is not used for decoding.
  • the terminal device may discard the reception before the third transport block according to the first control information. a signal not used for decoding of the third transport block in the signal; and discarding the first time according to the first control information and the signal not used for decoding of the third transport block in a time-frequency resource position in the previous j transmissions
  • the signal in the received signal before the fourth transport block is not used for the decoding of the fourth transport block, that is, the affected signal of the other transport block is determined according to the affected signal of the third transport block.
  • one transmission block when determining a signal that is not used for decoding, one transmission block may be dominant, and the other reference to the “one transmission block”, that is, the affected signal of another transmission block is determined according to the affected signal of one transmission block, For example, the third transport block, or the transport block indicated by the first dedicated control field, or the transport block with a larger MCS sequence number, or a higher coding rate, or a larger modulation order, is used in the previous transmission to determine another The affected signal of a transport block.
  • the third transport block is the primary, and the first control information may further include two CBG indication information.
  • the first CBG indication information may be used to indicate which CBGs of the third transport block are scheduled this time
  • the second CBG indication information may be used to indicate which CBGs of the fourth transport block are scheduled.
  • the terminal device may determine that the received signal of the first j times (such as the previous time) corresponding to the CBG indicated by the first CBG indication information is a signal that is not used for decoding; and for the fourth transport block, the terminal device Which of the received signals of the first transmission block f (eg, the previous time) is not used for decoding may be determined according to the time-frequency resource corresponding to the first CBG.
  • the first control information may include an indication information indicating whether the previous received signal includes a signal that is not used for transport block decoding (ie, indicating whether there is an affected signal before), that is, the second indication Information
  • the second indication information may be carried in a control field other than the dedicated control field group, such as a common control field, or in a scrambling code of the first control information.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the first control information, that the first control information schedules several transport blocks. If only one transport block, that is, the third transport block, is scheduled, the third transport block may be detected as an initial transmission or a retransmission, for example, according to the first indication information described above, whether it is an initial transmission.
  • the third transport block is an initial transmission, it may indicate that the second indication information is invalid; as shown in FIG. 11, if it is a retransmission (assuming that the first control information is the e-th transmission indicating the third transport block), It can be indicated that the second indication information is valid.
  • the second indication information is valid, it may be determined whether the second indication information indicates whether the affected signal, that is, the signal not used for the decoding of the transport block, is included. If included, the terminal device may discard the affected signal in the received signal before the third transport block (eg, the ekth transmission of the third transport block) according to the second indication information; if the second indication information does not include not used for the transmission
  • the block decoded signal indicates that the first control information does not indicate that there is an affected signal before.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device discards the received signal before the third transport block according to the second indication information, such as the affected signal in the received signal corresponding to the ekth transmission, if the received signal corresponding to the ekth transmission before the third transport block Also included are other transport blocks (such as the fg-th transmission of the fourth transport block). As shown in FIG. 12, the terminal device may determine the affected signal in the ekth transmission of the third transport block according to the second indication information. And determining an affected signal of the other transport block according to the affected signal of the third transport block.
  • the terminal device may determine that the third transport block and the fourth transport block are initial transmission or retransmission, for example, determining whether the initial transmission is based on the first indication information and the third indication information. If both the third transport block and the fourth transport block are initial transmissions, it may be determined that the first control information does not indicate that there is an affected signal before. If one of the two transport blocks is an initial transmission and the other is a retransmission, the retransmitted transport block may be used as the third transport block, and it is determined whether the second indication information indicates whether the affected signal is included.
  • the terminal device may discard the affected signal in the received signal before the third transport block (eg, the ekth transmission of the third transport block) according to the second indication information; if the second indication The information indication does not include the affected signal, and it may be determined that the first control information does not indicate that the affected signal was previously present. If the third transport block is retransmitted, the fourth transport block is also retransmitted, and the second indication information indicates that the affected signal is included, the terminal device may discard the corresponding one of the received signals according to the second indication information and the first CBG indication information.
  • the terminal device may also discard the third transmission corresponding to the received signal according to the second indication information and the first CBG indication information when the third transmission block is scheduled to be transmitted by the ek transmission.
  • the CBG signal of the block discards the CBG signal of the fourth transport block corresponding to the received signal according to the second indication information and the second CBG indication information when the fourth transmission block is scheduled to be transmitted by the fg transmission before determining; or As shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the second indication information, the CBG signal in the ekth transmission of the third transport block, that is, the affected signal, and determine the fourth transport block according to the affected signal of the third transport block. Affecting the signal for discarding; if the first j transmissions only schedule the third transport block, as shown in FIG. 15, the terminal device may discard the CBG signal in the ekth transmission of the third transport block according to the second indication information. Affect the signal. If the second indication information indicates that the affected signal is not included, it may be determined that the first control information does not indicate that the affected signal was previously present.
  • the terminal device may discard the affected received signal of a certain transmission according to the indication of the first control information (for example, the second indication information itself, or the second indication information and the CBG indication information are indicated together) (For example, the ekth transmission or the first j transmissions corresponding to the first HARQ index), part or all of the received signals corresponding to the affected coding block group and/or the transmission block in the received signal before the transmission block may also be discarded.
  • the indication of the first control information for example, the second indication information itself, or the second indication information and the CBG indication information are indicated together
  • the ekth transmission or the first j transmissions corresponding to the first HARQ index part or all of the received signals corresponding to the affected coding block group and/or the transmission block in the received signal before the transmission block may also be discarded.
  • the dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transport block may be the same as the dedicated control field group corresponding to the second indication information, where the second indication information may be used to indicate the third transport block. Whether the signal not used for decoding of the third transport block is included in the received signal.
  • the terminal device may discard the third transmission according to the second indication information.
  • the signal before the block is not used for the signal decoded by the third transport block.
  • the transport block may further include a fourth transport block, where one of the at least two dedicated control field groups corresponds to the fourth transport block, the specific control field group corresponding to the fourth transport block, and the The third control block has different dedicated control field groups.
  • the first control information may further include third indication information and fourth indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the fourth transport block is an initial transmission or a retransmission, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the Whether the signal not used for the decoding of the fourth transport block is included in the received signal before the fourth transport block.
  • the fourth indication information may be carried in a dedicated control field group corresponding to the fourth transport block. Further optionally, the third indication information may also be carried in a dedicated control field group corresponding to the fourth transport block.
  • the terminal device may discard the signal not used for the decoding of the fourth transport block in the received signal before the fourth transport block according to the fourth indication information.
  • the terminal device may discard the affected one of the transmission according to the indication of the first control information (for example, the second indication information itself, or the second indication information and the CBG indication information)
  • Receiving a signal may also discard part or all of the received signal before the transmission block corresponding to the affected coding block group and/or the transmission block.
  • the first control information may further include two CBG indication information, that is, first CBG indication information and second CBG indication information.
  • the first CBG indication information may be used to indicate which CBGs of the third transport block are transmitted, and the second CBG indication information may be used to indicate which CBGs of the fourth transport block are transmitted.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the second indication information and the first CBG indication information, a signal that is not to be decoded in the previous transmission received signal corresponding to the third transmission block, and determine the fourth transmission block according to the fourth indication information and the second CBG indication information. Corresponding previously transmitted signals are not decoded in the received signal.
  • the first control information may also actually schedule one transport block, that is, the third transport block, but the first control information may include two indicators for indicating whether to include not used for transport block decoding.
  • the indication information such as the second indication information and the fourth indication information described above. Then, the terminal device needs to determine which indication information is valid, and specifically, the indication information carried by the scheduled transmission block, such as the dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transmission block, is determined as valid indication information, and then the signal is discarded according to the valid indication information.
  • the terminal device may detect that the third transport block is an initial transmission or a retransmission, for example, determining whether it is an initial transmission according to the foregoing first indication information. If it is an initial transmission, it may indicate that the second indication information is invalid; as shown in FIG. 11, if it is a retransmission (assuming that the first control information is the e-th transmission indicating the third transport block), the first indication may be indicated. The second indication is valid.
  • the terminal device may discard the affected signal in the received signal before the third transport block (eg, the ekth transmission of the third transport block) according to the second indication information; if the second indication information does not include not used for the transmission
  • the block decoded signal indicates that the first control information does not indicate that there is an affected signal before.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device discards the received signal before the third transport block according to the second indication information, such as the affected signal in the received signal corresponding to the ekth transmission, if the received signal corresponding to the ekth transmission before the third transport block Also included are other transport blocks (such as the fg-th transmission of the fourth transport block). As shown in FIG. 12, the terminal device may determine the affected signal in the ekth transmission of the third transport block according to the second indication information. And determining an affected signal of the other transport block according to the affected signal of the third transport block.
  • each of the two transport blocks has an indication information indicating whether to include not for translation.
  • the signal of the code indicates the third transport block with the second indication information
  • the fourth indication information indicates the fourth transport block as an example.
  • the third transport block and the fourth transport block may be determined to be initial transmission or retransmission, for example, according to the first indication information and the third indication information, whether it is an initial transmission. If both the third transport block and the fourth transport block are initial transmissions, it may be determined that the first control information does not indicate that there is an affected signal before.
  • the fourth transport block is an initial transmission
  • the second indication information may be determined whether the affected signal is included. If the second indication information indicates that the affected signal is included, the terminal device may be configured according to the second indication information. Discarding the affected signal in the received signal before the third transport block (such as the ekth transmission of the third transport block), as shown in FIG. 15; if the second indication information indicates that the affected signal is not included, the first The control information does not indicate that there is an affected signal before.
  • the terminal device may according to the fourth indication.
  • the information discards the affected signal in the received signal before the fourth transport block (such as the fg transmission of the fourth transport block); if the fourth indication information indicates that the affected signal is not included, it may be determined that the first control information is not indicated before There are affected signals. If the third transport block is a retransmission and the fourth transport block is also a retransmission, the second indication information and the fourth indication information may be respectively determined whether the affected signal is included, as shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device may discard the affected signal in the ekth transmission of the third transport block according to the second indication information; if the fourth indication information indicates that the affected signal is included, the terminal device may be according to the fourth The indication information discards the affected signal in the fgth transmission of the fourth transport block. If the second indication information indicates that the affected signal is not included, it may be determined that the third transport block has no affected signal before; if the fourth indication information indicates that the affected signal is not included, it may be determined that the fourth transport block has no previously affected signal.
  • the terminal device may be instructed according to the first control information, for example, the second indication information itself indication and the fourth indication information itself, or the second indication information, the fourth indication information, and the CBG indication information.
  • Declaring together) discarding the affected received signal of a certain transmission may also discard the received signal before the transmission block from the affected coding block group and / or the corresponding part or all of the transmission block receives the signal.
  • the j, e, k, f, g are all positive integers, and e is greater than k, and f is greater than g.
  • the values of the two of the j, k, and g may be the same or different.
  • the values of the j, k, and g are the same, for example, the value is 1 or other values.
  • the values of e and f may be the same or different.
  • the values of the j, k, and g may be predefined, for example, preset in the network device and/or the terminal device before leaving the factory, or the values of the j, k, and g may be dynamically sent by the network device through signaling.
  • the values of j, k, and g may be indicated by the network device by physical layer signaling, such as DCI signaling, MAC layer signaling, RRC layer signaling, and the like, and the like. Not limited.
  • the network device may send the first control information to the terminal device to indicate whether the scheduled transmission block is an initial transmission and whether the received signal before the transmission block includes a signal not used for the transmission block decoding. And determining, by the terminal device, whether the received signal before the transport block has an affected signal according to the indication of the first control information, so that the affected signal can be discarded in time when present, which helps to improve the received signal. Reliability, to avoid the problem of unreliable signal reception caused by resource preemption.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram showing a possible structure of a terminal device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the terminal device 1700 may include: a communication unit 1701.
  • the terminal device 1700 also optionally includes a processing unit 1702.
  • the unit may perform the corresponding function in the foregoing method example, for example, the communication unit 1701 is configured to receive first control information sent by the network device, where the first control information is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the network device.
  • the transport block includes at least a third transport block; wherein the first control information includes at least two dedicated control field groups, and one of the at least two dedicated control field groups corresponds to a dedicated control field group
  • the first control information includes first indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate that the third transport block is a retransmission, and the first control information is further used to indicate the Whether a signal not used for decoding of the transport block is included in the received signal before the transport block.
  • the processing unit 1702 is configured to: discard according to the first control information, when the first control information indicates that the received signal before the transport block includes a signal that is not used for the decoding of the transport block, The received signal before the third transport block is not used for the signal decoded by the third transport block.
  • the first control information further includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether a signal that is not used for the decoding of the transport block is included in a received signal before the transport block; or The first control information implicitly indicates whether a signal not used for decoding of the transport block is included in a received signal before the transport block.
  • the second indication information may be carried by one field in the first control information.
  • the field may be dedicated to carrying the second indication information, and may also be used to carry the second indication information and/or other indication information or control information; or the field for carrying the second indication information may be used only for carrying the second
  • the indication information may also be a field for carrying the other indication information or the control information to carry the second indication information, or may be used to carry the second indication information to carry other indication information or control information.
  • the reused field may be one or more of the following fields, an MCS field, a HARQ process index field, an NDI field, an RV field, and the like.
  • the implicit indication manner may be that the scrambling code of the first control information may indicate to the terminal device whether the received signal before the transport block includes a signal not used for decoding the transport block, or The first control information is displayed before or after the transmission of the feedback information corresponding to the received signal before the transport block, indicating whether the signal not used for the decoding of the transport block is included in the received signal before the transport block.
  • the second indication information may only indicate whether a signal not used for transport block decoding is included, and the first control information may further include at least one data indication information, where the data indication information is used to indicate the transport block before Which of the received signals are signals that need to be discarded (ie, which signals are affected signals), such as the data indication information may be CB indication information and/or CBG indication information.
  • the second indication information may indicate whether a signal not used for transport block decoding is included, and if included, the second indication information may further indicate a signal to be discarded in the received signal before the transport block, such as which CB and / or the signal corresponding to the CBG needs to be discarded.
  • each transport block may correspond to one data indication information.
  • the first control information may also include only one data indication information, and the terminal device may determine, according to the signal that the transport block corresponding to the data indication information needs to be discarded, signals that need to be discarded by other transport blocks.
  • the second indication information itself indicates (or the second indication information and the CBG indication information together indicate), among the received signals before the transport block, which CB and/or CBG corresponding received signals are signals that need to be discarded, the second indication information At least two transport blocks in the transport block may be directly indicated, that is, which CB and/or CBG corresponding received signals in the received signals preceding the at least two transport blocks are to be discarded.
  • the second indication information is carried in a dedicated control field group in the at least one dedicated control field group; the dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transport block and the second indication information
  • the dedicated control field groups are the same or different.
  • the processing unit 1702 is further configured to: when the dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transport block is the same as the dedicated control field group that carries the second indication information, and the second indication information indicates When the received signal before the transport block includes a signal that is not used for the decoding of the transport block, the received signal before the third transport block is discarded according to the second indication information is not used for the third transport block translation.
  • the signal of the code is further configured to: when the dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transport block is the same as the dedicated control field group that carries the second indication information, and the second indication information indicates When the received signal before the transport block includes a signal that is not used for the decoding of the transport block, the received signal before the third transport block is discarded according to the second indication information is not used for the third transport block translation. The signal of the code.
  • the first control information indicates reception before the third transport block Signals not used for decoding of the third transport block are not included in the signal.
  • the transport block further includes a fourth transport block, where one of the at least two dedicated control field groups corresponds to the fourth transport block, and the fourth transport block corresponds to a dedicated The control field group is different from the dedicated control field group that carries the second indication information; the first control information further includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the fourth transport block is an initial transmission or Retransmission.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate whether the received signal before the fourth transport block includes not used for the The signal decoded by the fourth transport block.
  • the first control information is further used to indicate a first hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ process index) corresponding to the transport block; and when the fourth transport block is in an index corresponding to the first HARQ process index
  • HARQ process index hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the second indication information indicates that the received signal before the transport block includes a signal that is not used for decoding of the fourth transport block
  • the second indication information indicates The received signal preceding the fourth transport block includes a signal that is not used for decoding of the fourth transport block.
  • processing unit 1702 is further configured to: discard, according to the second indication information, a signal that is not used for the fourth transport block decoding in the received signal before the fourth transport block.
  • the processing unit 1702 is further configured to: discard, according to the second indication information, a signal that is not used for decoding of the third transport block in a received signal before the third transport block; and Receiving the second indication information and the signal not used for the third transport block decoding before discarding the fourth transport block at a time-frequency resource location in a previous transmission corresponding to the first HARQ process index A signal in the signal that is not used for decoding of the fourth transport block.
  • the second indication information is carried in a control field of the first control information except the at least two dedicated control field groups, where the second indication information is used to indicate the at least two dedicated It is controlled whether a signal not used for the decoding of the transport block is included in the received signal before all the transport blocks corresponding to the field group.
  • processing unit 1702 is further configured to: when the first control information indicates that the received signal before the transport block includes a signal that is not used for the decoding of the transport block, according to the first control The information discards a signal that is not used for decoding of the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block.
  • the first control information is further used to indicate a first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process index corresponding to the transport block;
  • the processing unit 1702 may be specifically configured to be scheduled by the network device when the third transport block is in a previous transmission corresponding to the first HARQ process index, and the first control information indicates the transmission
  • the received signal before the block includes a signal that is not used for the decoding of the transport block
  • the signal that is not used for the decoding of the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block is discarded according to the first control information.
  • the transport block includes a fourth transport block
  • the first control information further includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the fourth transport block is an initial transmission or a retransmission.
  • the first control information is further used to indicate a first hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ process index) corresponding to the transport block, and the third indication information indicates that the fourth transport block is a retransmission;
  • the third transport block and the fourth transport block are scheduled by the network device in a previous transmission corresponding to the first HARQ process index, and the modulation of the third transport block in the previous transmission
  • the coding scheme index is greater than or equal to the modulation coding scheme index of the fourth transport block, or the modulation order of the third transport block is greater than or equal to the modulation order of the fourth transport block, or the third
  • the coding rate of the transport block is greater than or equal to the coding rate of the fourth transport block.
  • the processing unit 1702 is further configured to: when the first control information indicates that the received signal before the transport block includes a signal that is not used for the transport block, and is discarded according to the first control information. a signal not used for decoding of the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block; and, according to the first control information and the signal not used for decoding of the third transport block.
  • the time-frequency resource location in the previous transmission discards the signal in the received signal before the fourth transport block that is not used for the decoding of the fourth transport block.
  • the dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transport block is the same as the dedicated control field group corresponding to the second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate receiving before the third transport block. Whether signals in the signal that are not used for decoding of the third transport block are included in the signal.
  • processing unit 1702 is further configured to: when the second indication information indicates that the received signal before the third transport block includes a signal that is not used for the third transport block decoding, according to the The second indication information discards a signal that is not used for the third transport block decoding in the received signal before the third transport block.
  • the transport block further includes a fourth transport block, and one of the at least two dedicated control field groups corresponds to the fourth transport block;
  • the first control information further includes a third The indication information and the fourth indication information, the third indication information indicates that the fourth transport block is a retransmission, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the received signal before the fourth transport block includes not used
  • the fourth indication information is carried in the dedicated control field group corresponding to the fourth transport block.
  • processing unit 1702 is further configured to: when the fourth indication information indicates that the received signal before the fourth transport block includes a signal that is not used for the fourth transport block decoding, according to the The fourth indication information discards a signal that is not used for decoding of the fourth transport block among the received signals before the fourth transport block.
  • the processing unit 1702 is further configured to discard the affected received signal of the certain transmission according to the indication of the first control information, for example, the second indication information itself, or the second indication information and the CBG indication information are together.
  • the processing unit 1702 is further configured to discard the affected received signal of the certain transmission according to the indication of the first control information, for example, the second indication information itself, or the second indication information and the CBG indication information are together.
  • the ekth transmission or the first j transmissions corresponding to the first HARQ index part or all of the received signals corresponding to the affected coding block group and/or the transmission block in the received signal before the transmission block may also be discarded.
  • each functional unit in the embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • FIG. 18 shows another possible structural diagram of the terminal device involved in the above embodiment.
  • the terminal device 1800 may include: a processing unit 1802 and a communication. Unit 1803.
  • the processing unit 1802 can be used to control management of actions of the terminal device, for example, the processing unit 1802 is configured to support the terminal device to perform the process 1003 of FIG. 10, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • Communication unit 1803 can be used to support communication between the terminal device and other network entities, such as with the network entities or functional units illustrated in Figures 10-17.
  • the terminal device may further include a storage unit 1801 for storing program codes and data of the terminal device.
  • the processing unit 1802 may be a processor or a controller, such as a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), and an application-specific integrated circuit (Application-Specific). Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the communication unit 1803 may be a transceiver.
  • the storage unit 1801 may be a memory.
  • the terminal device 1900 can include a processor 1902, a transceiver 1903, and a memory 1901.
  • the transceiver 1903, the processor 1902, and the memory 1901 are connected to each other.
  • the processor may perform the functions of the processing unit 1802 described above, the transceiver may be similar in function to the communication unit 1803, and the memory may be similar in function to the storage unit 1801.
  • the transceiver 1903 may include a receiver and a transmitter, or may be integrated by a receiver and a transmitter, which is not limited herein.
  • the steps of a method or algorithm described in connection with the present disclosure may be implemented in a hardware or may be implemented by a processor executing software instructions.
  • the software instructions may be composed of corresponding software modules, which may be stored in a random access memory (RAM), a flash memory, a read only memory (ROM), an erasable programmable read only memory ( Erasable Programmable ROM (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM), registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, compact disk read only (CD-ROM) or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor to enable the processor to read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium can be located in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC can be located in the terminal device.
  • the processor and the storage medium can also exist as discrete components in the terminal device.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram showing a possible structure of the network device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the network device 20002000 may include: a communication unit 2001.
  • the network device 2000 also optionally includes a processing unit 2002.
  • the unit may perform the corresponding function of the network device in the foregoing method example, for example, the communication unit 2001 is configured to send the first control information to the terminal device, where the first control information is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the network.
  • the processing unit 2002 is configured to determine the first control information, and then send the first control information by using the communication unit 2001.
  • the first control information further includes second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate whether a signal that is not used for the decoding of the transport block is included in a received signal before the transport block; or The first control information implicitly indicates whether a signal not used for decoding of the transport block is included in a received signal before the transport block.
  • the second indication information is carried in a dedicated control field group in the at least one dedicated control field group; the dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transport block and the second indication information
  • the dedicated control field groups are the same or different.
  • the dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transport block may be combined with the second indication information
  • the dedicated control field group is the same, and the second indication information may indicate that a signal not used for the transmission block decoding is included in a received signal before the transport block.
  • the terminal device can discard the signal not used for the decoding of the third transport block among the received signals before the third transport block according to the second indication information.
  • the first control information indicates reception before the third transport block Signals not used for decoding of the third transport block are not included in the signal.
  • the transport block further includes a fourth transport block, where one of the at least two dedicated control field groups corresponds to the fourth transport block, and the fourth transport block corresponds to a dedicated The control field group is different from the dedicated control field group that carries the second indication information; the first control information further includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the fourth transport block is an initial transmission or Retransmission.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate whether the received signal before the fourth transport block includes not used for the The signal decoded by the fourth transport block.
  • the first control information is further used to indicate a first hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ process index) corresponding to the transport block; and when the fourth transport block is in an index corresponding to the first HARQ process index
  • HARQ process index hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the second indication information indicates that the received signal before the transport block includes a signal that is not used for decoding of the fourth transport block
  • the second indication information indicates The received signal preceding the fourth transport block includes a signal that is not used for decoding of the fourth transport block.
  • the second indication information is carried in a control field of the first control information except the at least two dedicated control field groups, where the second indication information is used to indicate the at least two dedicated It is controlled whether a signal not used for the decoding of the transport block is included in the received signal before all the transport blocks corresponding to the field group.
  • the first control information may indicate that the received signal before the transport block includes not used for the transmission Block decoded signal. Therefore, the terminal device may discard the signal not used for the decoding of the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block according to the first control information.
  • the first control information is further used to indicate a first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process index corresponding to the transport block.
  • the third transport block is scheduled by the network device in a previous transmission corresponding to the first HARQ process index, and the first control information indicates that the received signal before the transport block includes not used
  • the terminal device can discard the signal that is not used for the decoding of the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block according to the first control information.
  • the transport block includes a fourth transport block
  • the first control information further includes third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the fourth transport block is an initial transmission or a retransmission.
  • the first control information is further used to indicate a first hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ process index) corresponding to the transport block, and the third indication information indicates that the fourth transport block is a retransmission;
  • the third transport block and the fourth transport block are scheduled by the network device in a previous transmission corresponding to the first HARQ process index, and the modulation of the third transport block in the previous transmission
  • the coding scheme index is greater than or equal to the modulation coding scheme index of the fourth transport block, or the modulation order of the third transport block is greater than or equal to the modulation order of the fourth transport block, or the third
  • the coding rate of the transport block is greater than or equal to the coding rate of the fourth transport block.
  • the dedicated control field group corresponding to the third transport block is the same as the dedicated control field group corresponding to the second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate receiving before the third transport block. Whether signals in the signal that are not used for decoding of the third transport block are included in the signal.
  • the second indication information may indicate that the received signal before the third transport block includes a signal that is not used for the third transport block decoding. Therefore, the terminal device may discard the signal not used for the decoding of the third transport block in the received signal before the third transport block according to the second indication information.
  • the transport block further includes a fourth transport block, and one of the at least two dedicated control field groups corresponds to the fourth transport block;
  • the first control information further includes a third The indication information and the fourth indication information, the third indication information indicates that the fourth transport block is a retransmission, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate whether the received signal before the fourth transport block includes not used
  • the fourth indication information is carried in the dedicated control field group corresponding to the fourth transport block.
  • the fourth indication information may indicate that the received signal before the fourth transport block includes a signal that is not used for the fourth transport block decoding. Therefore, the terminal device may discard the signal not used for the decoding of the fourth transport block in the received signal before the fourth transport block according to the fourth indication information.
  • each functional unit in the embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram showing another possible structure of the network device involved in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the network device 2100 may include: a processing unit 2102 and a communication. Unit 2103.
  • the processing unit 2102 can be used to control management of the actions of the network device, for example, the processing unit 2102 is configured to support the network device to perform the process 1001 of FIG. 10, and/or other processes for the techniques described herein.
  • the communication unit 2103 is configured to support communication between the network device and other network entities, such as communication with the network entity or functional unit shown in FIGS. 10 to 20, for example, the communication unit 2103 is configured to support the network device to perform the operation in FIG. Process 1002.
  • the network device may further include a storage unit 2101 for storing program codes and data of the network device.
  • the processing unit 2102 may be a processor or a controller, and may be, for example, a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), and an application-specific integrated circuit (Application-Specific). Integrated Circuit (ASIC), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, transistor logic device, hardware component, or any combination thereof. It is possible to implement or carry out the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the communication unit 2103 can be a transceiver.
  • the storage unit 2101 may be a memory.
  • the network device 2200 can include a processor 2202, a transceiver 2203, and a memory 2201.
  • the transceiver 2203, the processor 2202, and the memory 2201 are connected to each other.
  • the processor may perform the functions of the processing unit 2102, and the transceiver may be similar in function to the communication unit 2103.
  • the memory may be similar to the storage unit 2101.
  • the transceiver 2203 may include a receiver and a transmitter, or may be integrated by a receiver and a transmitter, which is not limited in this application.
  • the steps of a method or algorithm described in connection with the present disclosure may be implemented in a hardware or may be implemented by a processor executing software instructions.
  • the software instructions may be composed of corresponding software modules, which may be stored in a random access memory (RAM), a flash memory, a read only memory (ROM), an erasable programmable read only memory ( Erasable Programmable ROM (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM), registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, compact disk read only (CD-ROM) or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor to enable the processor to read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be an integral part of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium can be located in an ASIC. Additionally, the ASIC can be located in a network device. Of course, the processor and the storage medium can also exist as discrete components in the network device.
  • the network device may send the first control information to the terminal device to indicate whether the scheduled transmission block is an initial transmission and whether the received signal before the transmission block includes a signal not used for the transmission block decoding. And determining, by the terminal device, whether the received signal before the transport block has an affected signal according to the indication of the first control information, so that the affected signal can be discarded in time when present, which helps to improve the received signal. Reliability, to avoid the problem of unreliable signal reception caused by resource preemption.
  • each step of the above method may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented as a hardware processor, or may be performed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a conventional storage medium such as random access memory, flash memory, read only memory, programmable read only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers, and the like.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and combines the hardware to complete the steps of the above method. To avoid repetition, it will not be described in detail here.
  • the size of the serial numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken to the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the above embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • software it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer program instructions When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in accordance with embodiments of the present invention are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transfer to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, fiber optic, digital subscriber line (DSL), or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like, including one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (such as a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • the program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium, when the program is executed
  • the flow of the method embodiments as described above may be included.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a ROM or a random access memory RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本发明实施例公开了一种信号发送方法、相关设备及系统，该方法包括：网络设备向终端设备发送传输块TB，该传输块为第N次发送的传输块且该传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；该网络设备向该终端设备发送控制信息，该控制信息包含用于指示该至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息，该控制信息用于指示该终端设备丢弃该终端设备接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并指示该终端设备接收第二信号，该第二信号用于该终端设备对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，被丢弃的该第一信号不用于该终端设备对该标识信息指示的编码块译码。采用本发明实施例，能够提高对编码块译码时的准确率。

Description

一种信号发送方法、相关设备及系统 技术领域
本发明实施例涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种信号发送方法、相关设备及系统。
背景技术
第五代移动通信技术(英文：5th-Generation，简称：5G)需要支持各种业务，例如，增强移动宽带(Enhanced Mobile Broadband，eMBB)业务、极高可靠性低时延通信(Ultra-reliable/low latency communication，URLLC)业务、海量机器类型通信(Massive machine-type communication，Massive MTC)业务等，其中，eMBB业务对传输速率、信号覆盖范围、传输时延、移动性等要求较高；URLLC业务对可靠性、移动性和传输时延要求极高；Massive MTC业务对单位区域连接数目(连接密度)以及信号覆盖范围要求较高。
也即是说，URLLC业务对时延的要求明显高于eMBB业务，为了满足URLLC业务的时延要求，URLLC业务的调度时间单位需要明显小于eMBB业务的调度时间单位(和/或传输持续时间)。目前的讨论中，网络设备(指网络侧的相关设备，例如，5G的基站gNB，4G的基站eNB等)可以将已经分配给eMBB终端设备(指用户侧的相关设备，例如，用户设备(User Equipment，UE))的时频资源重新分配给URLLC业务使用，从而保证URLLC对时延的极高要求。URLLC业务占用已经分配给eMBB终端设备的时频资源会影响eMBB终端设备的传输，例如降低eMBB传输可靠，如何利用资源占用满足URLLC业务需求的同时减小对被侵占的eMBB终端设备数据传输的可靠性的影响是急需解决的问题。
发明内容
本发明实施例提供一种信号发送方法、相关设备及系统，能够提供信号译码的准确度。
第一方面，本发明实施例提供了一种信号发送方法，该方法包括：网络设备向终端设备发送传输块TB，该传输块为第N次发送的传输块且该传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；该网络设备向该终端设备发送控制信息，该控制信息包含用于指示该至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息，该控制信息用于指示该终端设备丢弃该终端设备接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并指示该终端设备接收第二信号，该第二信号用于该终端设备对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，被丢弃的该第一信号不用于该终端设备对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，该第一信号为该终端设备第N次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，该第二信号为该终端设备第M次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N。
通过执行上述方法，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，该网络设备向终端设备发送 传输块TB之后，该网络设备向该终端设备发送控制信息之前，该方法还包括：
该网络设备将该至少一个编码块中满足预设条件的编码块确定为目标编码块，该标识信息用于指示该目标编码块。
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，该预设条件包括如下至少一项：所使用的时频资源中受影响的时频资源所占的比例达到预设阈值；所使用的MCS方案属于预设MCS方案；所使用的RV序号等于预设RV序号。
第二方面，本发明实施例提供一种信号接收方法，该方法包括：终端设备接收网络设备发送的传输块TB，该传输块为该网络设备第N次发送的传输块且该传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；该终端设备接收该网络设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包含用于指示该至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息；该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示丢弃接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并接收第二信号；该第一信号为该终端设备第N次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，该第二信号为该终端设备第M次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N；该终端设备根据该第二信号对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，不根据该丢弃的第一信号对该标识信息指示的编码块译码。
通过执行上述方法，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
第三方面，本发明实施例提供一种网络设备，该网络设备包括第一发送单元和第二发送单元，其中：第一发送单元，用于向终端设备发送传输块TB，该传输块为第N次发送的传输块且该传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；第二发送单元，用于向该终端设备发送控制信息，该控制信息包含用于指示该至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息，该控制信息用于指示该终端设备丢弃该终端设备接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并指示该终端设备接收第二信号，该第二信号用于该终端设备对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，被丢弃的该第一信号不用于该终端设备对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，该第一信号为该终端设备第N次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，该第二信号为该终端设备第M次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N。
通过运行上述单元，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，该网络设备还包括确定单元：确定单元，用于在该第一发送单元向终端设备发送传输块TB之后，该第二发送单元向该终端设备发送控制信息之前，将该至少一个编码块中满足预设条件的编码块确定为目标编码块，该标识信息用于指示该目标编码块。
结合第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第三方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，该预设条件包括如下至少一项：所使用的时频资源中受影响的时频资源所占的比例达到预设阈值；所使用的MCS方案属于预设MCS方案；所使用的RV序号等于预设RV序号。
第四方面，本发明实施例提供一种终端设备，该终端设备包括第一接收单元、第二接收单元、处理单元和译码单元，其中：第一接收单元，用于接收网络设备发送的传输块TB，该传输块为该网络设备第N次发送的传输块且该传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；第二接收单元，用于接收该网络设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包含用于指示该至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息；处理单元，用于根据该控制信息的指示丢弃接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并接收第二信号；该第一信号为该终端设备第N次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，该第二信号为该终端设备第M次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N；译码单元，用于根据该第二信号对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，不根据该丢弃的第一信号对该标识信息指示的编码块译码。
通过运行上述单元，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
第五方面，本发明实施例提供一种网络设备，该网络设备包括处理器、存储器和收发器，上述处理器用于存储程序和数据，上述处理器执行该存储器中的程序，用于执行如下操作：
通过该收发器向终端设备发送传输块TB，该传输块为第N次发送的传输块且该传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；通过该收发器向该终端设备发送控制信息，该控制信息包含用于指示该至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息，该控制信息用于指示该终端设备丢弃该终端设备接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并指示该终端设备接收第二信号，该第二信号用于该终端设备对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，被丢弃的该第一信号不用于该终端设备对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，该第一信号为该终端设备第N次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，该第二信号为该终端设备第M次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N。
通过执行上述操作，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，该处理器通过该收发器向终端设备发送传输块TB之后，该处理器通过该收发器向该终端设备发送控制信息之前，该处理器还用于将该至少一个编码块中满足预设条件的编码块确定为目标编码块，该标识信息用于指示该目标编码块。
结合第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式，在第五方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，该预设条件包括如下至少一项：所使用的时频资源中受影响的时频资源所占的比例达到预设阈值；所使用的MCS方案属于预设MCS方案；所使用的RV序号等于预设RV序号。
第六方面，本发明实施例提供一种终端设备，该终端设备包括处理器、存储器和收发器，该存储器用于存储程序和数据，该处理器调用该存储器中的程序，用于执行如下操作：
通过该收发器接收网络设备发送的传输块TB，该传输块为该网络设备第N次发送的传输块且该传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；通过该收发器接收该网络设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包含用于指示该至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息；根据该控制信息的指示丢弃接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并接收第二信号；该第一信号为该终端设备第N次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，该第二信号为该终端设备第M次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N；根据该第二信号对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，不根据该丢弃的第一信号对该标识信息指示的编码块译码。
通过执行上述操作，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
结合第一方面，或者第一方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第二方面，或者第二方面的一些可能的实现方式，结合第三方面，或者第三方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第四方面，或者第四方面的一些可能的实现方式，结合第五方面，或者第五方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第六方面，或者第六方面的一些可能的实现方式，在第一种可能的方案中：当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量大于该传输块包含的编码块的数量时，该标识信息中的部分比特位中的每个比特位指示一个该编码块；当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量等于该传输块包含的编码块的数量时，该标识信息中的每个比特位指示一个该编码块；当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量小于该传输块包含的编码块的数量时，该标识信息中至少存在一个比特位用于指示多个该编码块。
结合第一方面，或者第一方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第二方面，或者第二方面的一些可能的实现方式，结合第三方面，或者第三方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第四方面，或者第四方面的一些可能的实现方式，结合第五方面，或者第五方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第六方面，或者第六方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第一种可能的方案，在第二种可能的方案中，该传输块至少包括第一传输块和第二传输块，所述标识信息用于指示第一编码块以使得所述终端设备根据预定义规则确定所述第一编码块和第二编码块，该第一编码块为该第一传输块中的编码块，该第二编码块为该第二传输块中的编码块。可选的，该预定义规则定义的内容包括：如果第一编码块使用的时频资源与第二编码块使用的时频资源处于不同时频资源层的相同位置，或者如果该第一编码块使用的时频资源与该第二编码块使用的时频资源存在交叠部分但处于不同时频资源层，那么当该终端设备接收到指示了该第一编码块的标识信息时，该终端设备可以根据该标识信息确定该第一编码块 和该第二编码块。
结合第二种可能的方案，在第三种可能的方案中，该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的编码速率，或该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数，或该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的编码速率，且该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数。
结合第一方面，或者第一方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第二方面，或者第二方面的一些可能的实现方式，结合第三方面，或者第三方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第四方面，或者第四方面的一些可能的实现方式，结合第五方面，或者第五方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第六方面，或者第六方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第一种可能的方案，或者第二种可能的方案，或者第三种可能的方案，在第四种可能的方案中，该控制信息预定义了用于指示冗余版本的字段，用于指示冗余版本的字段还用于承载该标识信息。
结合第一方面，或者第一方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第二方面，或者第二方面的一些可能的实现方式，结合第三方面，或者第三方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第四方面，或者第四方面的一些可能的实现方式，结合第五方面，或者第五方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第六方面，或者第六方面的一些可能的实现方式，或者第一种可能的方案，或者第二种可能的方案，或者第三种可能的方案，在第五种可能的方案中，该控制信息预定义了用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段，用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段还用于承载该标识信息。
第七方面，本发明实施例提供一种存储介质，该存储介质用于存储指令，该指令在计算机上运行时执行第一方面或者第一方面的任意可能实现方式所描述的方法。
第八方面，本发明实施例提供又一种存储介质，该存储介质用于存储指令，该指令在计算机上运行时执行第二方面或者第二方面的任意可能实现方式所描述的方法。
第九方面，本发明实施例提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括网络设备和终端设备，该网络设备为第三方面所描述的网络设备，或者第三方面的任一可能实现方式所描述的网络设备，或者第五方面所描述的网络设备，或者第五方面的任一可能实现方式所描述的网络设备；该终端设备为第四方面所描述的终端设备，或者第四方面的任一可能实现方式所描述的终端设备，或者第六方面所描述的终端设备，或第六方面的任一可能实现方式所描述的终端设备。
通过实施本发明实施例，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
第十方面，本发明实施例提供了一种控制信息的指示方法，包括：
网络设备向终端设备发送第一控制信息；终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一控制信息， 该第一控制信息用于指示该终端设备接收该网络设备发送的传输块，该传输块至少包括第三传输块。
其中，该第一控制信息可包括至少二个专用控制字段组，该至少二个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组对应该第三传输块。进一步的，该第一控制信息可包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息可用于指示该第三传输块为重传，该第一控制信息还可用于指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号。也就是说，网络设备可通过向终端设备发送第一控制信息，以指示其调度的传输块是否为初传以及指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号，使得终端设备能够根据该第一控制信息的指示确定该传输块之前的接收信号是否存在受影响的信号，即不用于该传输块译码的信号，进而确定出该受影响的信号，这就有助于提升接收信号的可靠性。
在一种可能的设计中，该第一控制信息还可包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息可用于指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号；或者，该第一控制信息可以隐式指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号。
在一种可能的设计中，当该第一控制信息指示该传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备即可根据该第一控制信息丢弃该传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该传输块译码的信号。
在一种可能的设计中，该第二指示信息可以仅指示是否包括不用于传输块译码的信号，则该第一控制信息还可包括至少一个数据指示信息，该数据指示信息可用于指示该传输块之前的接收信号中哪些信号是需要丢弃的信号(即哪些信号是受影响信号)，比如该数据指示信息可以是编码块(Coding Block，缩写：CB)指示信息和/或编码块组(CB Group，缩写：CBG)指示信息，具体可用于指示需丢弃的信号对应的CB，和/或CBG。或者，该第二指示信息可以指示是否包括不用于传输块译码的信号，如果包括，该第二指示信息还可进一步指示该传输块之前的接收信号中的需丢弃的信号，如哪些CB和/或CBG对应的信号需要丢弃。进一步的，如果通过数据指示信息指示，每一个传输块可对应一个数据指示信息。或者，该第一控制信息也可以仅包括一个数据指示信息，该数据指示信息对应一个传输块，比如对应该第三传输块，终端设备可根据该第三传输块的需要被丢弃的信号确定其它传输块需要丢弃的信号。进一步可选的，第二指示信息本身指示(或者第二指示信息和CBG指示信息一起指示)该传输块之前的接收信号中哪些CB和/或CBG对应的接收信号是需要丢弃的信号时，第二指示信息可以分别直接指示该传输块中的至少两个传输块，即指示该至少两个传输块之前的接收信号中哪些CB和/或CBG对应的接收信号是需要丢弃的。
在一种可能的设计中，该第二指示信息可承载于该至少一个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组中，从而能够减小误检测概率。该第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载该第二指示信息的专用控制字段组可以相同或不同。
在一种可能的设计中，当该第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载该第二指示信息的专用控制字段组相同，且该第二指示信息指示该传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备即可根据该第二指示信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。
在一种可能的设计中，当该第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载该第二指示信息的专用控制字段组不同时，该第一控制信息可指示该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不包括不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。
在一种可能的设计中，该传输块还可包括第四传输块，该至少二个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组对应该第四传输块，且该第四传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载该第二指示信息的专用控制字段组不同。进一步的，该第一控制信息还可包括第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第四传输块为初传或重传。
在一种可能的设计中，当该第三指示信息指示该第四传输块为重传时，该第二指示信息可用于指示该第四传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。
在一种可能的设计中，该第一控制信息还用于指示该传输块对应的第一混合自动重传请求(英文：Hybrid Automatic Repeat-request，缩写：HARQ)进程索引。进一步的，当该第四传输块在与该第一HARQ进程索引对应的前一次传输中被该网络设备调度，且该第二指示信息指示该传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该第四传输块译码的信号时，该第二指示信息可指示该第四传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。
在一种可能的设计中，该终端设备还可根据该第二指示信息丢弃该第四传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。
在一种可能的设计中，该终端设备还可根据该第二指示信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号；以及，该终端设备可根据该第二指示信息和该不用于该第三传输块译码的信号在与该第一HARQ进程索引对应的前一次传输中的时频资源位置丢弃第四传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。
在一种可能的设计中，该第二指示信息可以承载于该第一控制信息中除该至少二个专用控制字段组以外的控制字段中，该第二指示信息用于指示该至少二个专用控制字段组对应的所有传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号。
在一种可能的设计中，当该第一控制信息指示该传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备即可根据该第一控制信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。
在一种可能的设计中，该第一控制信息还可用于指示该传输块对应的第一HARQ进程索引。进一步的，该终端设备根据该第一控制信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号，可以具体为：当该第三传输块在与该第一HARQ进程索引对应的前一次传输中被该网络设备调度，且该第一控制信息指示该传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备根据该第一控制信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。
在一种可能的设计中，该传输块还可包括第四传输块；该第一控制信息还可包括第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第四传输块是初传或重传。
在一种可能的设计中，该第一控制信息还可用于指示该传输块对应的第一HARQ进程索引，该第三指示信息指示该第四传输块为重传。进一步的，该第三传输块和该第四传输块在与该第一HARQ进程索引对应的前一次传输中被该网络设备调度，且在该前一次传输 中该第三传输块的调制编码方案索引大于或等于该第四传输块的调制编码方案索引，或者，该第三传输块的调制阶数大于或等于该第四传输块的调制阶数，或者，该第三传输块的编码速率大于或等于该第四传输块的编码速率。
在一种可能的设计中，当该第一控制信息指示该传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该传输块的信号时，该终端设备可根据该第一控制信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号；以及，该终端设备可根据该第一控制信息和该不用于该第三传输块译码的信号在该前一次传输中的时频资源位置丢弃该第四传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。
在一种可能的设计中，该第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组可以和承载该第二指示信息对应的专用控制字段组相同，该第二指示信息可用于指示该第三传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。
在一种可能的设计中，当该第二指示信息指示该第三传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该第三传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备即可根据该第二指示信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。
在一种可能的设计中，该传输块还可包括第四传输块，该至少二个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组对应该第四传输块。进一步的，该第一控制信息还包括第三指示信息和第四指示信息，该第三指示信息指示该第四传输块为重传，该第四指示信息用于指示该第四传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该第四传输块译码的信号，该第四指示信息承载于该第四传输块对应的专用控制字段组中。
在一种可能的设计中，当该第四指示信息指示该第四传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该第四传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备即可根据该第四指示信息丢弃该第四传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。
第十一方面，本发明实施例还提供了一种终端设备，该终端设备具有实现上述方法示例中终端设备行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。
在一种可能的设计中，终端设备的结构中可包括处理单元和通信单元，所述处理单元被配置为支持终端设备执行上述方法中相应的功能。所述通信单元用于支持终端设备与其他设备之间的通信。所述终端设备还可以包括存储单元，所述存储单元用于与处理单元耦合，其保存终端设备必要的程序指令和数据。作为示例，处理单元可以为处理器，通信单元可以为收发器，存储单元可以为存储器。
第十二方面，本发明实施例提供一种网络设备，该网络设备具有实现上述方法示例中网络设备行为的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。
在一种可能的设计中，网络设备的结构中包括处理单元和通信单元，所述处理单元被配置为支持网络设备执行上述方法中相应的功能。所述通信单元用于支持网络设备与其他设备之间的通信。所述网络设备还可以包括存储单元，所述存储单元用于与处理单元耦合，其保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。作为示例，处理单元可以为处理器，通信单元可 以为收发器，存储单元可以为存储器。
第十三方面，本发明实施例提供了一种通信系统，该系统包括上述方面的终端设备和/或网络设备。在另一种可能的设计中，该系统还可以包括本发明实施例提供的方案中与该终端设备或网络设备进行交互的其他设备。
第十四方面，本发明实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质，用于储存为上述终端设备所用的计算机软件指令，其包括用于执行上述方面所设计的程序。
第十五方面，本发明实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质，用于储存为上述网络设备所用的计算机软件指令，其包括用于执行上述方面所设计的程序。
第十六方面，本申请还提供了一种包括指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。
第十七方面，本申请提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，用于支持终端设备实现上述方面中所涉及的功能，例如，例如生成或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存终端设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。
第十八方面，本申请提供了一种芯片系统，该芯片系统包括处理器，用于支持网络设备实现上述方面中所涉及的功能，例如，例如接收或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中，所述芯片系统还包括存储器，所述存储器，用于保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统，可以由芯片构成，也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。
相较于现有技术，本发明实施例提供的方案中，网络设备可通过向终端设备发送第一控制信息，以指示其调度的传输块是否为初传以及指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号，使得终端设备能够根据该第一控制信息的指示确定该传输块之前的接收信号是否存在受影响的信号，进而在存在时可及时地丢弃该受影响的信号，这就有助于提升接收信号的可靠性，避免因发生资源抢占而导致的信号接收不可靠的问题。
应理解，上述第十方面至第十八方面的技术方案可以独立实施，也可以结合该第一方面至第九方面的技术方案实施，本申请不做限定。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或背景技术中的技术方案，下面将对本发明实施例或背景技术中所需要使用的附图进行说明。
图1是本发明实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图；
图2是本发明实施例提供的一种信号发送方法的流程示意图；
图3是本发明实施例提供的一种多传输块的场景示意图；
图4是本发明实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图；
图5是本发明实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图；
图6是本发明实施例提供的又一种网络设备的结构示意图；
图7是本发明实施例提供的又一种终端设备的结构示意图；
图8是本发明实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构图；
图9是本发明实施例提供的一种业务抢占时频资源的结构示意图；
图10是本发明实施例提供的一种控制信息的指示方法的交互示意图；
图11是本发明实施例提供的一种传输块调度的场景示意图；
图12是本发明实施例提供的另一种传输块调度的场景示意图；
图13是本发明实施例提供的又一种传输块调度的场景示意图；
图14是本发明实施例提供的一种确定传输块中受影响信号的场景示意图；
图15是本发明实施例提供的又一种传输块调度的场景示意图；
图16是本发明实施例提供的又一种传输块调度的场景示意图；
图17是本发明实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图；
图18是本发明实施例提供的另一种终端设备的结构示意图；
图19是本发明实施例提供的又一种终端设备的结构示意图；
图20是本发明实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图；
图21是本发明实施例提供的另一种网络设备的结构示意图；
图22是本发明实施例提供的又一种网络设备的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
URLLC业务对时延的要求明显高于其它业务，例如eMBB业务，为了满足URLLC业务的时延要求，URLLC业务的调度时间单位需要明显小于其它业务的调度时间单位(和/或传输持续时间)。目前的讨论中，网络设备可以将已经分配给业务终端设备的时频资源重新分配给URLLC业务使用，从而保证URLLC对时延的极高要求。这样的重新分配对于其它业务终端设备的数据传输可能存在至少两种影响。其一，其它业务终端设备在解调解码过程中可能把URLLC终端设备的信息作为自己的信息进行处理；其二，其它业务终端设备实际接收到的属于自己的信息少于网络设备原计划发送给自己的信息。
这两种影响均会造成其它业务终端设备数据传输的可靠性下降，更具体地可能表现为其它业务终端设备不能成功译码传输的数据，或者成功译码传输的数据的概率明显小于资源未受侵占时的概率。本发明实施例提供的信号收发方法，旨在解决提高资源被侵占的其它业务终端设备数据传输的可靠性的技术问题。
尽管本发明解决问题的初衷源自于URLLC业务与其它业务共存时对其它业务数据传输产生的影响，本发明的方法也可以应用于其它导致数据传输中一部分数据可靠性下降进而影响整个信号可靠性下降的场景。例如，数据在传输过程中，一部分传输信号受到的干扰大于该次传输中其它传输信号受到的干扰，具体可以表现为该一部分信号的接收信噪比较该次传输中其它信号的接收信噪比低。该部分接收信噪比偏低的传输信号可能导致整个接收信号的传输可靠性降低。又例如，数据传输过程中，网络设备为了支持其它前向兼容的功能(如，该网络设备测量其它网络设备或者其它终端设备的信号，或服务紧急业务)，而在该数据传输使用的一部分时频资源上停止发送该数据的传输信号。在终端设备的接收信号中部分信号的缺失可能导致该次数据传输可靠性下降。上述应用场景仅为示例，本发明的实施范围不以此为限。
下面结合本发明实施例中的附图对本发明实施例进行描述。
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、 固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如，部件可以是但不限于，在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示，在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中，部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多个计算机之间。此外，这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的二个部件的数据，例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或远程进程来通信。
应理解，本发明实施例可以应用于各种通信系统，例如：全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication，简称“GSM”)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access，简称“CDMA”)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，简称“WCDMA”)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service，简称“GPRS”)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution，简称“LTE”)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced long term evolution，简称“LTE-A”)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System，简称“UMTS”)或下一代通信系统如5G通信系统等。
通常来说，传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限，也易于实现，然而，随着通信技术的发展，移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信，还将支持例如，设备到设备(Device to Device，简称“D2D”)通信，机器到机器(Machine to Machine，简称“M2M”)通信，机器类型通信(Machine Type Communication，简称“MTC”)，以及车辆间(Vehicle to Vehicle，简称“V2V”)通信。
本发明实施例结合发送设备和接收设备描述了各个实施例，其中：
终端设备也可以称为用户设备(User Equipment，简称“UE”)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备可以是无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks，简称“WLAN”)中的站点(STAION，简称“ST”)，可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol，简称“SIP”)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop，简称“WLL”)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant，简称“PDA”)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及下一代通信系统，例如，第五代通信(fifth-generation，简称“5G”)网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network，简称“PLMN”)网络中的终端设备等。
作为示例而非限定，在本发明实施例中，该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备，是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称，如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上，或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备，更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能，例如：智能手表或智能眼镜等，以及只专注于某一类应用功能，需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用，如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。
此外，本发明实施例结合网络设备描述了各个实施例。网络设备可以是网络设备等用于与移动设备通信的设备，网络设备可以是WLAN中的接入点(ACCESS POINT，AP)，GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station，简称“BTS”)，也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB，简称“NB”)，还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B，简称“eNB”或“eNodeB”)，或者中继站或接入点，或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备(g Node B，简称“gNB”或“gNodeB”)或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等。
另外，在本发明实施例中，网络设备为小区提供服务，终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如，频域资源，或者说，频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信，该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区，小区可以属于宏基站，也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站，这里的小小区可以包括：城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等，这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点，适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。
此外，LTE系统或5G系统中的载波上可以同时有多个小区同频工作，在某些特殊场景下，也可以认为上述载波与小区的概念等同。例如在载波聚合(CA，Carrier Aggregation)场景下，当为终端设备配置辅载波时，会同时携带辅载波的载波索引和工作在该辅载波的辅小区的小区标识(Cell Indentify，Cell ID)，在这种情况下，可以认为载波与小区的概念等同，比如终端设备接入一个载波和接入一个小区是等同的。
本发明实施例提供的方法和装置，可以应用于终端设备或网络设备，该终端设备或网络设备包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层，以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，简称“CPU”)、内存管理单元(Memory Management Unit，简称“MMU”)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(Process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统，例如，Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、即时通信软件等应用。并且，在本发明实施例中，传输控制信息的方法的执行主体的具体结构，本发明实施例并未特别限定，只要能够通过运行记录有本发明实施例的传输控制信息的方法的代码的程序，以根据本发明实施例的传输控制信息的方法进行通信即可，例如，本发明实施例的无线通信的方法的执行主体可以是终端设备或网络设备，或者，是终端设备或网络设备中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。
此外，本发明实施例的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如，计算机可读介质可以包括，但不限于:磁存储器件(例如，硬盘、软盘或磁带等)，光盘(例如，压缩盘(Compact Disc，简称“CD”)、数字通用盘(Digital Versatile Disc，简称“DVD”)等)，智能卡和闪存器件(例如，可擦写可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory，简称“EPROM”)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外，本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于，无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。
图1是本发明实施例的无线通信系统的示意图。如图1所示，该通信系统100包括网 络设备102，网络设备102可包括1个天线或多个天线例如，天线104、106、108、110、112和114。另外，网络设备102可附加地包括发射机链和接收机链，本领域普通技术人员可以理解，它们均可包括与信号发送和接收相关的多个部件(例如处理器、调制器、复用器、解调器、解复用器或天线等)。
网络设备102可以与多个终端设备(例如终端设备116和终端设备122)通信。然而，可以理解，网络设备102可以与类似于终端设备116或终端设备122的任意数目的终端设备通信。终端设备116和122可以是例如蜂窝电话、智能电话、便携式电脑、手持通信设备、手持计算设备、卫星无线电装置、全球定位系统、PDA和/或用于在无线通信系统100上通信的任意其它适合设备。
如图1所示，终端设备116与天线112和114通信，其中天线112和114通过前向链路(也称为下行链路)118向终端设备116发送信息，并通过反向链路(也称为上行链路)120从终端设备116接收信息。此外，终端设备122与天线104和106通信，其中天线104和106通过前向链路124向终端设备122发送信息，并通过反向链路126从终端设备122接收信息。
例如，在频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex，简称“FDD”)系统中，例如，前向链路118可与反向链路120使用不同的频带，前向链路124可与反向链路126使用不同的频带。
再例如，在时分双工(Time Division Duplex，简称“TDD”)系统和全双工(Full Duplex)系统中，前向链路118和反向链路120可使用共同频带，前向链路124和反向链路126可使用共同频带。
被设计用于通信的每个天线(或者由多个天线组成的天线组)和/或区域称为网络设备102的扇区。例如，可将天线组设计为与网络设备102覆盖区域的扇区中的终端设备通信。网络设备可以通过单个天线或多天线发射分集向其对应的扇区内所有的终端设备发送信号。在网络设备102通过前向链路118和124分别与终端设备116和122进行通信的过程中，网络设备102的发射天线也可利用波束成形来改善前向链路118和124的信噪比。此外，与网络设备通过单个天线或多天线发射分集向它所有的终端设备发送信号的方式相比，在网络设备102利用波束成形向相关覆盖区域中随机分散的终端设备116和122发送信号时，相邻小区中的移动设备会受到较少的干扰。
在给定时间，网络设备102、终端设备116或终端设备122可以是无线通信发送装置和/或无线通信接收装置。当发送数据时，无线通信发送装置可对数据进行编码以用于传输。具体地，无线通信发送装置可获取(例如生成、从其它通信装置接收、或在存储器中保存等)要通过信道发送至无线通信接收装置的一定数目的数据比特。这种数据比特可包含在数据的传输块(或多个传输块)中，传输块可被分段以产生多个码块。
此外，该通信系统100可以是PLMN网络或者D2D网络或者M2M网络或者其他网络，图1只是举例的简化示意图，网络中还可以包括其他网络设备，图1中未予以画出。
请参见图2，图2是本发明实施例提供的一种信号发送方法的流程示意图，该方法可以基于图1所示的通信系统100来实现，该方法包括但不限于如下步骤：
步骤S201：网络设备向终端设备发送传输块传输块(transport block，TB)，该传输块 为第N次发送的传输块且该传输块包括至少一个编码块(coded block，CB)。
具体地，考虑到编译码复杂度以及快速编译码处理的好处，一个传输块TB可以被分成多个编码块CB分别进行信道编译码。例如，在LTE系统采用Turbo码，最大CB的比特数为6144(不包含CRC校验比特)，如果一个TB的比特数超过了6144，则需要将该TB拆分成多个CB分别编译码；5G新空口(new radio,NR)系统采用低密度校验码(low density parity check，LDPC)码，最大CB的比特数尚未确定，但也很有可能支持拆分为更多CB进行并行编译码。该网络设备向该终端设备发送的传输块的个数可以为一个也可以为多个。以清楚阐述本发明实施方法为目的，除非特殊说明，本发明实施例中的以该网络设备向该终端设备发送的传输块包含两个传输块进行说明，这两个传输块可以分别称为传输块#1和传输块#2，其中，传输块#1包含4个编码块，分别为编码块#1-A、编码块#1-B、编码块#1-C和编码块#1-D，传输块#2包含2个编码块，分别为编码块#2-A和编码块#2-B。需要说明的是，本发明并不以此为限。例如，该网络设备向该终端设备发送的传输块的个数也可以为一个或者四个。一个传输块可以包含1个编码块，2个编码块或者10个编码块等。一个传输块包含的编码块个数与网络设备分配的用于该传输块传输的时频资源的大小以及该次传输的编码调制方案相关。
步骤S202：终端设备接收网络设备发送的传输块TB。
具体地，本发明如果没有特别说明，则接收是个一般性的说法，该接收可以指接收到某个信号，也可以指接收到并对接收到的信号进行了解调处理和/或解码处理等。
步骤S203：该网络设备向该终端设备发送控制信息。
具体地，该控制信息包含用于指示该至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息，例如，该标识信息指示了编码块#1-C、编码块#1-D和编码块#2-B。该控制信息用于指示该终端设备丢弃(此处的“丢弃”在后续应用中还可能存在其他描述方式，例如，删除)该终端设备接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并指示该终端设备接收第二信号，该第二信号用于该终端设备对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，被丢弃的该第一信号不用于该终端设备对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，该第一信号为该终端设备第N次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，该第二信号为该终端设备第M次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N。为了便于区分此处的控制信息与现有技术中的控制信息，可以称此处的控制信息为目标控制信息。
需要说明的是，该网络设备将该至少一个编码块中满足预设条件的编码块确定为目标编码块，该标识信息用于指示该目标编码块；也即是说，该标识信息指示的是目标编码块而不是任意的编码块。在一种可选的方案中，该预设条件包括如下至少一项：1、被分配的多个时频资源中受影响的时频资源所占的比例达到预设阈值，此处的受影响包括时频资源被占用、时频资源受到干扰、时频资源未承载信号等；2、传输时采用的编码调制方案(modulation and codingscheme，MCS)属于预设MCS方案；3、传输时冗余版本(Redundancy version，RV)的序号等于预设RV序号。以下围绕这三个条件进行举例说明：
可能性一：预定义受影响时频资源比例门限(属于预设阈值，例如，比例可以设置为5％、10％、20％等值)。如果一个编码块的时频资源受影响的部分所占的比例(例如，受影响的资源粒子(resource element，RE)占该编码块的总RE的比例)超过了预定义比例门 限，则网络设备确定该编码块为目标编码块。
可能性二：预定义各个MCS方案相应的受影响时频资源比例门限(属于预设阈值)。如果编码块采用的MCS方案不同则对应的受影响时频资源比例门限也可能不同，如果一个编码块受影响的时频资源受影响的部分所占的比例超过该编码块采用的MCS方案对应的受影响时频资源比例门限，则该网络设备确定该编码块为目标编码块。
可能性三：预定义MCS方案序号门限和受影响时频资源比例门限(属于预设阈值)，每个MCS方案都对应有一个方案序号。若一个编码块采用的MCS方案序号大于MCS方案序号门限(例如，MCS序号门限可以设置为11或16或18或20)，且该编码块时频资源受影响的部分所占的比例超过该受影响时频资源比例门限，则该网络设备确定该编码块为目标编码块。此处该受影响时频资源比例门限与具体MCS方案无关，无论MCS方案为何，受影响时频资源比例门限是固定的。
可能性四：若一个编码块的信号在之前传输时采用的RV的序号等于预设的序号，例如预设RV序号为0，则该网络设备确定该编码块为目标编码块。RV的预设序号也可以为1,2或者3等。
可能性五：若一个编码块的信号在之前传输时采用的RV的序号等于预设的的序号等于预设的序号，例如预设RV序号为0，且该编码块时频资源受影响的部分所占的比例的部分超过该受影响时频资源比例门限，则该网络设备确定该编码块为目标编码块。RV的预设序号也可以为1,2或者3等。
具体地，上述“预定义”或者“预设”可以是网络设备和/或终端设备出厂前预先设定的，也可以由通信标准规范约定，还可以由网络设备通过广播信息或者高层信令配置，例如，无线资源控制RRC(radio resource control,RRC)信令。
当确认了目标编码块后需要在该目标控制信息中标识该目标编码块以实现对该目标编码块的指示(或称“指定”)，以下列举几种可选的用于指示该目标编码块的方法。
方法一：
当存在多个传输块时，该标识信息可以分为多个部分且每个部分对应指示该多个传输块中的一个传输块中的目标编码块，例如，该标识信息中的一部分用于标识传输块#1的目标编码块，例如，传输块#1的目标编码块为编码块#1-C和编码块#1-D。该标识信息中的又一部分用于指示传输块#2的目标编码块，例如，传输块#2的目标编码块可以为编码块#2-B。举例来说，每个传输块中的编码块通过4比特的比特图(bitmap)指示，这4个比特中每个比特用于指示一个编码块，若某个比特等于1即表明该比特指示的编码块为目标编码块，当传输块#1包含4个编码块，可以通过比特值“0011”来表明传输块#1的4个编码块中的编码块#1-C和编码块#1-D为目标编码块。举例来说，每个传输块中的编码块通过2比特的比特图(bitmap)指示，可以预先传输块#1中4个编码块分为了组，编码块#1-A和编码块#1-B为一组，编码块#1-C和编码块#1-D为另外一组，这2个比特中每个比特可以用于指示一组编码块，若某个比特等于1即表明该比特指示的一组编码块均为目标编码块，通过比特值“01”来表明该另外一组中的编码块#1-C和编码块#1-D为目标编码块。对传输块#2中的编码块的指示方式可以参照对传输块#1中的编码块的指示方式，这里不再赘述。
换句话说，如果该标识信息中每部分的比特数大于等于对应传输块中的编码块的数量， 每个编码块可以由一个比特单独指示其是否为目标编码块，未指示任何编码块的比特可以的值可以默认设置为0。如果该标识信息中每部分的比特数小于对应传输块中的编码块的数量，那么至少存在一个比特用于指示多个编码块(即一组编码块)是否为目标编码块。例如，用于指示某个传输块的编码块是否为目标编码块的比特信息为5比特，该传输块#1包含8个编码块，那么从左侧开始，第1比特至第3比特指示的编码块组包含2个编码块，第4比特和第5比特指示的编码块组包含1个编码块。需要注意的是，这里从最左位或者从左侧仅为示例，也可以从最右位或者从右侧，或者任意一个比特开始。
需要说明的是，上述标识信息的多个部分可以为其所在的控制信息中的多个字段，例如该标识信息的一部分可以为一个字段，该标识信息的又一个部分可以为又一个字段。上述标识信息的多个部分也可以为其所在控制信息的一个字段的不同部分，例如一个字段包含5比特，其中，2比特为一部分，剩余3比特为另一个部分。
方法二：
无论存在一个传输块还是多个传输块，该指示信息通过一个字段来指示该传输块中的目标编码块，而不是像方法一中分多个部分各自指示一个传输块中的目标编码块。例如，存在多个传输块且该多个传输块为传输块#1和传输块#2，该两个传输块总共包含6个编码块，这6个编码块由5比特的比特图(bitmap)指示。类似方法一中的编码块分组方法，由于编码块数目大于指示的比特数目，因此要对编码块进行分组，可以将左侧第1个比特对应包含两个编码块的编码块组，后4个比特中每个比特对应包含1个编码块的编码块组。例如，第1个比特用于指示编码块#1-A和编码块#1-B，第2比特用于指示编码块#1-C，第3比特用于指示编码块#1-D，第4比特用于指示编码块#2-A，第5比特用于指示编码块#2-B。网络设备可以通过将该指示信息的比特值配置为“01101”来指示编码块#1-C、编码块#1-D和编码块#2-B为目标编码块。当然，该指示信息中的比特数目还可以为其他情况，当比特数足够多时，可以一个比特指示一个编码块，当比特数不多时可以一个比特指示多个编码块(即一个编码组)。
方法一和方法二适合用于目标编码块彼此独立的情况。当目标编码块之间有较大的关联性可以采用事件序号指示方法。目标编码块之间有较大的关联性可能在以下场景中存在，如数据传输经历非随机干扰，即当该干扰存在时，该干扰以较大概率出现在固定时频位置；或者数据传输经历非随机空置，即当网络设备不发送预定信号存在时，受影响时频资源以较大概率出现在固定时频位置。
事件序号指示方法中，高概率发生事件及其序号是预设的。例如，通信标准规范对高概率事件进行定义及编号，或者网络设备通过高层信令对高概率发生事件进行定义及编号。上述标识信息所包含的比特位通过指示预定义事件的序号指示该事件的发生。例如传输块#1包含的4个编码块中总是编码块#1-A和编码块#1-B同时成为目标编码块(事件#T1)或者总是编码块#1-C和编码块#1-D同时成为目标编码块(事件#T2)，而其它组合事件(如，上述4个编码块单独成为目标编码块或者除上述事件#T1和事件#T2以外的至少两个编码块同时成为目标编码块的事件)为小概率事件的时候。优选的方法是采用序号指示事件的方法。例如，采用1比特位指示传输块#1相应的事件#T1和事件#T2，该1比特位为0的时候指示事件#T1，该1比特位为1的时候指示事件#T2。
方法三：
当存在多个传输块时，该标识信息用于指示属于某一个传输块(当存在多个传输块时)的目标编码块，其它传输块中的目标编码块由终端设备根据预定义规则确定。但是此处的某一个传输块与其他传输块之间也是存在某种关系的，下面以该某一个传输块为第一传输块且以该其它传输块为第二传输块为例来说明，该标识信息用于指示第一编码块以使该终端设备根据预定义规则确定该第一编码块和第二编码块，该第一编码块为该第一传输块中的编码块，该第二编码块为该第二传输块中的编码块，该第一编码块占用的时频资源与该第二编码块占用的时频资源相关。例如，网络设备使用不同时频资源层发送第一传输块与第二传输块(如第一传输块使用第一时频资源层，第二编码块使用第二时频资源层)，也即是说，该预定义规则定义的内容包括：如果第一编码块使用的时频资源与第二编码块使用的时频资源处于不同时频资源层的相同位置，或者如果该第一编码块使用的时频资源与该第二编码块使用的时频资源存在交叠部分但处于不同时频资源层，那么当该终端设备接收到指示了该第一编码块的标识信息时，该终端设备可以根据该标识信息确定该第一编码块和该第二编码块，对该终端设备而言，根据该标识信息确定的该第一编码块和该第二编码块即属于目标编码块。上述第一编码块在第一时频资源层上占用的时频资源和第二编码块在第二时频资源层上占用的时频资源部分或者全部重叠。可选的，该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的编码速率，或该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数，或该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的编码速率且该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数。
下面结合图3辅助说明方法三的方案，在多天线通信系统(如LTE系统或者5G NR系统)中，网络设备指示终端设备在一次传输中将其所发送或者接收的数据被分为大于一个传输块通常是为了获得由多天线系统提供的空间复用增益。映射在不同时频资源层上的传输块可以使用不同的编码调制方案以匹配其经历的不同衰落信道。如图3所示，一次传输中包括传输块#1和传输块#2，其中传输块#1包含4个编码块，这4个编码块为编码块#1-A、编码块#1-B、编码块#1-C和编码块#1-D，传输块#2包含2个编码块，这两个编码块为编码块#2-A和编码块#2-B。第一传输块使用第一时频资源层，第二编码块使用第二时频资源层。图3中，受影响的时频资源由图中加粗黑色框线示出。如图中所示第一层时频资源和第二层时频资源中的受影响的时频资源的位置一致的。因此，目标编码块的数量为两个，其中1个目标编码块为传输块#1中的编码块#1-C，另一个目标传输块为传输块#2中的编码块#2-B。不同时频资源层中的受影响的时频资源是一致的，且某层对应的传输块包含几个编码块以及这些编码块如何映射在该层时频资源中是网络设备和终端设备双方已知的。因此网络设备仅需标识所有时频资源中的一层时频资源上哪几个编码块受到影响，终端设备即可根据已知的不同传输块中编码块的个数和具体映射位置确定其它层受影响的编码块。这样的好处是，可以有效减小指示(或称“标识”)时使用的比特数。
可选地，网络设备可以仅指示MCS序号最高的传输块中受影响的目标编码块。多天线通信系统调度不同传输块在不同时频资源层上传输的时候，每层的时频资源范围一般相同 的(每层中可以用于数据传输的资源粒子数据相近)，不同传输块使用不同层的时频资源。由于使用范围相同的时频资源，MCS序号越高的传输块包含的编码块越多。或者说，使用相同范围时频资源的前提下，使用更高编码速率和更高映射调制阶数的传输块能够承载更多的信息比特，即包含更多的编码块。相应地，每个编码块占用的时频资源也更小。如此，指示MCS序号最高传输块的编码块，可以减小指示粒度(表现为每个编码块所占时频资源)，进而提高指示精度避免传输目标编码块时不要的资源浪费。以图3为例，如果网络设备指示编码调制序号较小的(包含CB较少的)传输块#2中的编码块，告知在第二层时频资源中编码块#2-B受到影响。终端设备以此推断在第一层时频资源中编码块#1-C和编码块#1-D也是受影响的编码块，于是终端设备可以确定编码块#2-B、编码块#1-C和编码块#1-D均为目标编码块(可以看成该网络设备通过标识编码块#2-B来指示编码块#2-B、编码块#2-C和编码块#2-D为目标编码块)。如果网络设备指示编码调制序号较大的(包含编码块较多的)编码块#1，告知在第一层时频资源中编码块#1-C受到影响，终端设备以此推断在第二层时频资源中编码块#2-B也是受影响的编码块，于是终端设备可以确定编码块#1-C和CB#2-B二个编码块均为目标编码块。由此可知，指示MCS序号较大的传输块#1中的编码块比指示MCS序号较小的传输块#2中的编码块的指示精度更高，能够节省开销。需要说明的是，图3中编码块#2-B使用的时频资源与编码块#1-C和编码块#1-D使用的时频资源处于不同时频资源层的相同位置。本发明不以此为限。或者说，本发明的实施方法也可以应用于其它情况，例如，编码块#2-B使用的时频资源与编码块#1-C和编码块#1-D使用的时频资源处于不同时频资源层且彼此部分交叠。
此外，网络设备也可以指示此次是针对哪个传输块进行指示以及指示该传输块中的哪一个或者哪一些编码块为目标编码块。这种情况下，可以为网络设备提供最大的灵活度指示目标编码块。特别是当受影响的时频资源不是完整的时域单位或者频域单位(即受影响的时频资源是界限不规则的时频资源)的时候，网络设备可以根据受影响的时频资源确定指示哪一个传输块能够减小后续的传输开销。例如，可以预先约定(包括网络设备通过RRC信令配置或者通信标准预定义)使用标识信息中的前A个比特指示传输块序号，剩余比特指示具体哪一个或者哪一些编码块为目标编码块。例如，网络设备和终端设备在当前传输模式下支持的最大传输块的数目为2，A＝1。网络设备和终端设备在当前传输模式下支持的最大传输块的数目为4，A＝2。标识信息包含P个比特，其中A个比特指示传输块序号，(P-A)个比特用于指示具体哪个或者哪些编码块为目标编码块。
方法三中，具体指示哪一个或者哪一些目标编码块的方法可以采用bitmap指示方法(类似上述方法一或者方法二)，或者上述事件序号指示方法，此处不再赘述。
还需要说明的是，在方法三中，当终端设备根据目标编码块中由上述标识信息直接指示的编码块确定目标编码块中的其余编码块的时候，可以采用类似前述网络设备确定目标编码块时使用的预设条件以及相应的根据预设条件确定目标编码块的方法。例如，与直接指示的目标编码块相应的其它时频资源层中的编码块，只有MCS方案属于预定义的MCS方案和/或受影响的时频资源比例大于预定义阈值或者原传输的RV序号为预定义RV序号，终端设备才认为该编码块属于目标编码块。或者说，不是所有与目标编码块中直接指示的编码块所占时频资源有重叠的其它时频资源层的编码块均属于第二编码块，而是要满足前 述至少一个条件。
以上讲述了标识信息的指示目标编码块的方法，下面举例讲述该标识信息在该目标控制信息中的可能的呈现形式，可选的，为了降低用户设备监测目标控制信息的复杂度，可以尽量减小目标控制信息与调度一般下行传输的控制信息之间信息比特数目的差别。该调度一般下行传输的控制信息仅用于网络设备调度终端设备接收下行数据，类似LTE系统中用于调度下行数据的控制信息。由此可以使用调度一般下行传输的控制信息中的某个或某些字段用来承载该标识信息。如此，终端设备可以先根据预定的信息比特数目进行盲检测，而后再根据接收到的控制信息的内容以及其它条件(来自网络设备的半静态配置、指示)等判断接收到的是调度一般下行传输的控制信息还是该目标控制信息。该目标控制信息和调度一般下行传输的控制信息可以是相同的控制信息类型(control information format)，也可以是不同的控制信息类型。网络设备可以采用高层信令实施上述半静态配置、指示,例如无线资源控制(RRC,radio resource control)信令。
在上述方法一、方法二和方法三中，上述标识信息可以由目标控制信息中的专用字段承载，也可以使用目标控制信息的其它字段承载上述标识信息，例如用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段，或者用于指示RV的字段，或者用于指示此次传输是否是初始传输的NDI字段。
在上述方法一、方法二和方法三中，若网络设备第M次传输的目标编码块所使用的调制编码方案与第N次传输的该目标编码块所使用的调制编码方案相同，或者网络设备第M次传输的目标编码块所使用的调制方案与第N次传输的该目标编码块所使用的调制方案相同(具体的码率取决于网络设备在第N次传输中为该目标编码块分配的时频资源)，则网络设备不需要指示第M次传输的该目标编码块所使用调制编码方案。因此目标控制信息中原本用于指示编码调制方案的字段可以用来承载上述标识信息。更具体地，方法一中可以使用目标控制信息中的一个MCS字段指示一个传输块中的目标编码块。方法一中也可以使用目标控制信息中多个MCS字段指示多个传输块中的目标编码块，即每个MCS字段用于指示一个传输块。方法二中可以使用一个MCS字段指示多个传输块中的目标编码块。方法三中，可以使用一个MCS字段指示MCS方案序号最大的传输块中哪一个或者哪一些编码块为目标编码块。此处，MCS方案序号最大的含义是，该传输块的编码速率最大或者映射调制阶数最大或者编码速率与映射调制阶数均最大。在方法三中还可以使用MCS字段的前A个比特指示传输块序号，剩余比特指示该序号的传输块中具体哪一个或者哪一些编码块为目标编码块。
在上述方法一、方法二和方法三中，若网络设备第M次传输的目标编码块所使用的冗余版本与第N次传输的该目标编码块所使用的冗余版本相同，则网络设备不需要指示第M次传输的该目标编码块所使用冗余版本。或者，通信标准规范预定义仅当第N次传输的至少一个编码块所使用的冗余版本序号为指定序号(例如序号0)，第N次传输的至少一个编码块包含的目标编码块才会被目标控制信息调度传输。在上述情况下，网络设备不需要指示第M次传输的该目标编码块所使用冗余版本，因此目标控制信息中原本用于指示冗余版本的字段可以用来承载上述标识信息。类似地，目标控制信息所调度的传输编码块仅包括目标编码块时，由于目标编码块一定不是初始传输数据(已经是第M次传输且M>N)，目 标控制信息中用于指示此次传输是否是初始传输的NDI字段可以用于指示目标编码块。使用RV字段和NDI字段指示目标编码块的方法可以参考上述使用MCS字段的方法，不再赘述。
此外，网络设备也可以是使用目标控制信息中的至少两个字段通过方法一，或者方法二或者方法三指示目标编码块。一种实施方法是使用方法一或者方法二或者方法三，联合两个字段的比特共同指示，使用方法可以参考上述MCS字段的方法。另一种实施方法是使用方法三，使用至少两个字段中的一个字段指示传输块序号，使用剩余字段指示该序号的传输块中具体哪一个或者哪一些编码块为目标编码块。一个例子是，网络设备可以使用RV字段或者NDI字段指示传输块序号，使用MCS字段该序号的传输块中具体哪一个或者哪一些编码块为目标编码块。
需要注意的是，在5GNR系统中，可能使用其它名称为上述功能的字段命名。例用于指示编码调制方案的字段或者用于指示编码方案的字段或者用于指示调制方案的MCS字段可能存在其它称呼；用于指示新传或者重传还可以用于指示其它可能的传输方案的NDI字段可以可能存在其它称呼；用于指示本次调度发送内容在编码后比特组成的序列(或者用于存储编码后比特的soft buffer)中的读取其实位置或者读取位置的RV字段可能存在其他称呼。
需要说明的是，一种实施方法中，确认目标编码块是基于第N次传输的传输块所包含的编码块个数以及序号确认的。又一种实施方法中，如果第N次传输仅传输了传输块包含的部分编码块，也可以基于第N次传输中包含的编码块个数和序号实施。例如，原传输为该HARQ进程中的传输块#1的一次重传。在之前的传输中，传输块#1的编码块#1-A和#1-D已经正确接收。第N次传输仅传输了编码块#1-B和编码块#1-C，以及传输块#2的编码块#2-A和编码块#2-B，可以重用4比特MCS字段指示目标编码块，这4比特从左往右依次指示编码块#1-B、编码块#1-C、编码块#2-A和编码块#2-B，该网络设备可以通过比特值“0101”来指示编码块#1-C和编码块#2-B为目标编码块。
步骤S204：该终端设备接收该网络设备发送的控制信息。
具体地，首先讲述该终端设备如何确定接收到的控制信息为本发明实施例中描述的目标控制信息而不是其它控制信息，下面列举两种可选的方案：方案一，该控制信息可以包含具体指示信息来指示该目标控制信息，该终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定该控制信息为目标控制信息。例如，可以使用NDI字段承载该指示信息；再如，利用控制信息类型(DCI format)指示该控制信息为目标控制信息。方案二，终端设备也可以根据收到控制信息的时间判断该控制信息是否为目标控制信息。例如，在向网络设备反馈第N次传输对应的HARQ-ACK信息之前，如果终端设备收到了与第N次传输相同下行HARQ process的控制信息(调度信息)，终端设备可以理解为该控制信息为目标控制信息。可选地，在方案二中，目标控制信息与一般用于调度下行数据传输的控制信息是相同的控制信息类型。
步骤S205：该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示丢弃收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并接收第二信号。
具体地，由以上描述可知该第一信号需要根据目标编码块来确定，因此该终端设备需要首先确定目标编码块，可以理解的是，该网络设备和该终端设备通过协议预先定义了标 识信息的承载方式，因此该网络设备在生成目标控制信息时所使用的规则该终端设备也是知道的，该终端设备可以通过该规则解析出该网络设备通过该控制信息指示的目标编码块是哪些。由于该第一信号为该终端设备第N次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，因此该终端设备要确定该第一信号还需要确定N，N可以由该网络设备发送消息来指示，例如，在该目标控制信息中指示；N也可以由该终端设备基于预先定义的规则推算出来，例如，N等于M-1，即第N次传输为第M次传输的前一次传输。待确定了目标编码块和N后，该终端设备即可确定该第一信号。进一步地，该网络设备还会向该终端设备发送第二信号，相应地，该终端设备接收该网络设备发送的第二信号。
丢弃第一信号包括删除第N次接收到的目标编码块对应的部门或者全部比特软信息(即将目标编码块对应的部门或者全部比特软信息“置零”)，该终端设备还会将删除后的剩余比特软信息写入存储器。该比特软信息是比特的概率信息，比特的概率信息可以为比特等于0和/或等于1的概率，也可以是比特的对数似然比(log-likelihood ratio，LLR)。LLR的定义为比特等于0的概率与比特等于1的概率之比的对数值。一个比特的LLR信息等于0是该比特等于0和等于1的概率均为0.5。或者说，“置零”可以是指，接收设备在译码是不使用被“置零”的比特。上述对数据置零是在译码之前将被置零的数据的影响清除掉，即在译码的过程中没有根据第N次接收信号得到的关于该被置零的数据的信息，该被置零比特等于0和等于1的概率均为0.5。相应地，如果不使用LLR进行译码，而是使用概率信息，则“置零”是将该被置零的数据的等于1和等于0的概率设为0.5。
上述存储器可以是接收设备的soft buffer。在将接收数据比特软信息写入或合并入soft buffer后，接收设备可以将soft buffer里的比特软信息送入译码器进行译码。或者，接收设备可以将接收到的比特软信息与soft buffler里的比特软信息合并后送入译码器进行译码。
具体地，由于目标控制信息调度的目标编码块可能仅为第N次传输的编码块中的部分编码块，以及目标控制信息在调度目标编码块传输的过程中可以为第M次传输指定新的时频资源(新的资源包含可用RE的数目变化)，因此，终端设备接收到的由目标控制信息调度的目标编码块的编码后信息比特的数量可能与第N次传输中该目标编码块编码后信息比特数量不相等。在第M次传输中接收到的目标编码块的信号采用的冗余版本(或者在soft buffer中的起始位置)与第N次传输中的目标编码块的信号的冗余版本相同的情况下，如果第M次传输接收到的目标编码块相应的信号的编码后比特数等于或者多于第N次传输的，那么将第N次收到的目标编码块相应的信号的编码后比特软信息丢弃，将第M次接收到的编码后比特对应的软信息合并进soft buffer中。如果第M次传输接收到的目标编码块相应的信号的编码后比特数小于第N次传输的，可以将第N次收到的目标编码块相应的信号的编码后比特软信息全部丢弃，也可以仅丢弃与此次接收的编码后比特相应的第N次传输的比特软信息，再将第M次接收到的编码后比特对应的软信息合并进soft buffer中。例如，第N次接收到的目标编码块的编码后比特在soft buffer中的序号为100到299，共200比特。第M次收到的为序号100到199，共100比特。终端设备丢弃第N次传输中收到的序号为100到199的100比特，保留序号从200到299的100比特，并将保留的比特软信息合并进soft buffer中。这种方法可以应用于，网络设备确定仅目标编码块的前100比特受到了影响。采用此方法可以减小使用目标控制信息调度目标编码块传输时使用的时频资源。
步骤S206：该终端设备根据该第二信号对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，不根据该丢弃的第一信号对该标识信息指示的编码块译码。
具体地，终端设备将基于第二信号得到的比特软信息写入存储器，并根据存储器中的比特软信息进行译码。如果第N次传输为目标编码块的初始传输，则将第N次传输中与目标编码块对应的信号(即第一信号)丢弃，终端设备可以基于软存储器中根据第二信号得到的比特软信息进行译码。如果第N次传输为目标编码块的重传，将第N次传输中与目标编码块对应的信号(即第一信号)丢弃，将基于第二信号得到的比特软信息写入存储器实际是将该比特软信息与存储器中原有的对应位置的比特软信息相加即“合并”，终端设备可以基于软存储器中合并后的比特软信息进行译码。
在一种可选的方案中，目标控制信息除用于指示终端设备接收目标编码块以外，还可以指示终端设备接收至少一个传输块的一次重传。详细描述如下：
网络设备需要对受影响的特定CB进行补充传输，即利用目标控制信息指示终端设备将第N次传输中与目标编码块对应的信号丢弃掉以及调度目标编码块的第M次传输。同时网络设备还可以通过该目标控制信息调度至少一个传输块的重传。具体调度方法是，假设存在T个传输块，与目标编码块相关的传输块为S个，目标控制信息可以包含S+T个字块段，每个字段块包含的内容相同，每个字段块包含“MCS字段”，“RV字段”和”NDI字段”中的至少一项，其中S个字段块用于调度S个传输块的重传或者初始传输，T个字段用于调度与目标编码块相关的传输。或者，目标控制信息可以包含S+1个字块段，每个字段块包含“MCS字段”，“RV字段”和”NDI字段”中的至少一项，每个字段块包含的内容相同，其中S个字段块用于调度第S个传输块的重传或者初始传输，1个字段块用于调度和目标编码块相关的传输。
在又一种可选的方案中，目标控制信息还可以仅用于指示终端设备丢弃该HARQ进程中的第N次传输中与该目标编码块对应的接收信号(即第一信息)。也就是说，目标控制信息仅用于指示终端设备丢弃第一信号，而不用于指示终端设备接收第二信号。换句话说，网络设备发送目标控制信息给终端设备，而没有发送第二信号给终端设备。
例如，仅当第N次传输采用的RV序号为0，或者第N次传输中包含了采用RV序号0的传输块时，网络设备才会使用目标控制信息调度目标编码块(即发送第二信号)。进一步地，第二信号中仅包括在第N次传输中RV序号为0的目标编码块相应的信号。
一个例子中，在第N次传输中，传输块#1采用了RV1，而传输块#2采用了RV0。以传输块#1和传输块#2为例子，该两个传输块总共包含6个编码块。目标控制信息中的标识信息指示，传输块#1的编码块#1-C和#1-D以及传输块#2的编码块#2-A和#2-B为目标编码块。目标控制信息指示终端设备丢弃第一信号，该第一信号为第N次传输中与传输块#1的编码块#1-C和#1-D以及传输块#2的编码块#2-A和#2-B相应的接收信号。进一步，目标控制信息还指示终端设备接收第二信号，该第二信号为与传输块#2的编码块#2-A和#2-B相应的信号。由于传输#1在第N次传输中采用的不是RV0，因此第二信号中不包含传输块#1中的目标编码块对应的信号。终端设备可以理解，应该丢弃第N次传输中接收到的与编码块#1-C和编码块#1-D以及编码块#2-A和编码块#2-B对应的接收信号(信息)，并利用第M次接收到的编码块#2-A和编码块#2-B对应的接收信号(信息)对该编码块进行译码。即由 目标控制信息调度的当次传输中，网络设备仅向终端设备发送了编码块#2-A和编码块#2-B相应的信号。
再如，目标控制信息仅用于指示终端设备丢弃该HARQ进程中的第N次传输中与该目标编码块对应的接收信号(信息)，而不用指示目标编码块传输，也不用与指示该传输块的新传或者重传，那么“NDI”字段，“MCS字段“，“RV字段“，时频资源指示字段以及与HARQ反馈信息相关的字段中的一个或者多个可以重用于指示目标编码块。
本发明实施例中，该目标控制信息可以用于指示目标编码块。该目标控制信息也可以用于指示第N次传输信号中的某一部分。例如，可用于指示的比特为X比特，第N次传输所有调制符号序列可以被平均分为X份，该X比特中的一比特对应X份中的一份，比特为0表示原传输中对应信号应被丢弃，比特为1表示原传输中信号予以保留，反之亦可以，本发明不以此为限。
在图2所描述的方法中，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，相应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
需要进一步说明的是，本发明所述编码块仅为示例，编码块也可以为编码块组。上述描述中举例所使用的比特0或者比特1仅为示例，本发明实施方案不以此为限。
上述详细阐述了本发明实施例的方法，下面提供了本发明实施例的装置。
请参见图4，图4是本发明实施例提供的一种网络设备40的结构示意图，该网络设备40可以包括第一发送单元401和第二发送单元402，其中，各个单元的详细描述如下。第一发送单元401用于向终端设备发送传输块TB，该传输块为第N次发送的传输块且该传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；第二发送单元402用于向该终端设备发送控制信息，该控制信息包含用于指示该至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息，该控制信息用于指示该终端设备丢弃该终端设备接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并指示该终端设备接收第二信号，该第二信号用于该终端设备对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，被丢弃的该第一信号不用于该终端设备对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，该第一信号为该终端设备第N次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，该第二信号为该终端设备第M次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N。
通过运行上述单元，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
在一种可选的方案中，当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量大于该传输块包含的编码块的数量时，该标识信息中的部分比特位中的每个比特位指示一个该编码块；当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量等于该传输块包含的编码块的数量时，该标识信息中的每个 比特位指示一个该编码块；当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量小于该传输块包含的编码块的数量时，该标识信息中至少存在一个比特位用于指示多个该编码块。
在又一种可选的方案中，该传输块至少包括第一传输块和第二传输块，所述标识信息用于指示第一编码块以使得所述终端设备根据预定义规则确定所述第一编码块和第二编码块，该第一编码块为该第一传输块中的编码块，该第二编码块为该第二传输块中的编码块。
在又一种可选的方案中，该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的编码速率，或该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数，或该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的编码速率，且该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数。
在又一种可选的方案中，该控制信息预定义了用于指示冗余版本的字段，用于指示冗余版本的字段还用于承载该标识信息。
在又一种可选的方案中，该控制信息预定义了用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段，用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段还用于承载该标识信息。
在又一种可选的方案中，该网络设备还包括确定单元，该确定单元用于在该第一发送单元向终端设备发送传输块TB之后，该第二发送单元向该终端设备发送控制信息之前，将该至少一个编码块中满足预设条件的编码块确定为目标编码块，该标识信息用于指示该目标编码块。
在又一种可选的方案中，该预设条件包括如下至少一项：1、所使用的时频资源中受影响的时频资源所占的比例达到预设阈值；2、所使用的MCS方案属于预设MCS方案；3、传输时冗余版本(Redundancy version，RV)的序号等于预设RV序号。
需要说明的是，各个单元的实现还可以对应参照图2所示的方法实施例的相应描述。
在图4所描述的网络设备40中，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
请参见图5，图5是本发明实施例提供的一种终端设备50的结构示意图，该终端设备50可以包括第一接收单元501、第二接收单元502、处理单元503和译码单元504，其中，各个单元的详细描述如下：第一接收单元501用于接收网络设备发送的传输块TB，该传输块为该网络设备第N次发送的传输块且该传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；第二接收单元502用于接收该网络设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包含用于指示该至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息；处理单元503用于根据该控制信息的指示丢弃接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并接收第二信号；该第一信号为该终端设备第N次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，该第二信号为该终端设备第M次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N；译码单元504用于根据该第 二信号对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，不根据该丢弃的第一信号对该标识信息指示的编码块译码。
通过运行上述单元，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
在一种可选的方案中，当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量大于该传输块包含的编码块的数量时，该标识信息中的部分比特位中的每个比特位指示一个该编码块；当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量等于该传输块包含的编码块的数量时，该标识信息中的每个比特位指示一个该编码块；当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量小于该传输块包含的编码块的数量时，该标识信息中至少存在一个比特位用于指示多个该编码块。
在又一种可选的方案中，该传输块至少包括第一传输块和第二传输块，所述标识信息用于指示第一编码块以使得所述终端设备根据预定义规则确定所述第一编码块和第二编码块，该第一编码块为该第一传输块中的编码块，该第二编码块为该第二传输块中的编码块。
在又一种可选的方案中，该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的编码速率，或该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数，或该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的编码速率，且该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数。
在又一种可选的方案中，该控制信息预定义了用于指示冗余版本的字段，用于指示冗余版本的字段还用于承载该标识信息。
在又一种可选的方案中，该控制信息预定义了用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段，用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段还用于承载该标识信息。
需要说明的是，各个单元的实现还可以对应参照图2所示的方法实施例的相应描述。
在图5所描述的终端设备50中，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
请参见图6，图6是本发明实施例提供的一种网络设备60，网络设备60包括处理器601、存储器602和收发器603，该处理器601、存储器602和收发器603通过总线相互连接。
存储器602包括但不限于是随机存储记忆体(英文：Random Access Memory，简称：RAM)、只读存储器(英文：Read-Only Memory，简称：ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(英文：Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory，简称：EPROM)、或便携式只读存储 器(英文：Compact Disc Read-Only Memory，简称：CD-ROM)，该存储器602用于相关指令及数据。收发器603用于接收和发送数据。
处理器601可以是一个或多个中央处理器(英文：Central Processing Unit，简称：CPU)，在处理器601是一个CPU的情况下，该CPU可以是单核CPU，也可以是多核CPU。
网络设备60中的处理器601用于读取该存储器602中存储的程序代码，执行以下操作：
通过收发器603向终端设备发送传输块TB，该传输块为第N次发送的传输块且该传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；
通过收发器603向该终端设备发送控制信息，该控制信息包含用于指示该至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息，该控制信息用于指示该终端设备丢弃该终端设备接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并指示该终端设备接收第二信号，该第二信号用于该终端设备对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，被丢弃的该第一信号不用于该终端设备对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，该第一信号为该终端设备第N次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，该第二信号为该终端设备第M次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N。
通过执行上述操作，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
在一种可选的方案中，当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量大于该传输块包含的编码块的数量时，该标识信息中的部分比特位中的每个比特位指示一个该编码块；当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量等于该传输块包含的编码块的数量时，该标识信息中的每个比特位指示一个该编码块；当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量小于该传输块包含的编码块的数量时，该标识信息中至少存在一个比特位用于指示多个该编码块。
在又一种可选的方案中，该传输块至少包括第一传输块和第二传输块，所述标识信息用于指示第一编码块以使得所述终端设备根据预定义规则确定所述第一编码块和第二编码块，该第一编码块为该第一传输块中的编码块，该第二编码块为该第二传输块中的编码块。
在又一种可选的方案中，该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的编码速率，或该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数，或该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的编码速率，且该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数。
在又一种可选的方案中，该控制信息预定义了用于指示冗余版本的字段，用于指示冗余版本的字段还用于承载该标识信息。
在又一种可选的方案中，该控制信息预定义了用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段，用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段还用于承载该标识信息。
在又一种可选的方案中，该处理器601通过该收发器603向终端设备发送传输块TB 之后，该处理器601通过该收发器603向该终端设备发送控制信息之前，该处理器还用于将该至少一个编码块中满足预设条件的编码块确定为目标编码块，该标识信息用于指示该目标编码块。
在又一种可选的方案中，该预设条件包括如下至少一项：1、所使用的时频资源中受影响的时频资源所占的比例达到预设阈值；2、所使用的MCS方案属于预设MCS方案；3、序号传输时冗余版本(Redundancy version，RV)的序号等于预设RV序号。
需要说明的是，各个操作的实现还可以对应参照图2所示的方法实施例的相应描述。
在图6所描述的网络设备60中，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
请参见图7，图7是本发明实施例提供的一种终端设备70，终端设备70包括处理器701、存储器702和收发器703，该处理器701、存储器702和收发器703通过总线相互连接。
存储器702包括但不限于是随机存储记忆体(英文：Random Access Memory，简称：RAM)、只读存储器(英文：Read-Only Memory，简称：ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(英文：Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory，简称：EPROM)、或便携式只读存储器(英文：Compact Disc Read-Only Memory，简称：CD-ROM)，该存储器702用于相关指令及数据。收发器703用于接收和发送数据。
处理器701可以是一个或多个中央处理器(英文：Central Processing Unit，简称：CPU)，在处理器701是一个CPU的情况下，该CPU可以是单核CPU，也可以是多核CPU。
终端设备70中的处理器701用于读取该存储器702中存储的程序代码，执行以下操作：通过收发器703接收网络设备发送的传输块TB，该传输块为该网络设备第N次发送的传输块且该传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；通过收发器703接收该网络设备发送的控制信息，该控制信息包含用于指示该至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息；根据该控制信息的指示丢弃接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并接收第二信号；该第一信号为该终端设备第N次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，该第二信号为该终端设备第M次接收到的该标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N；根据该第二信号对该标识信息指示的编码块译码，不根据该丢弃的第一信号对该标识信息指示的编码块译码。
通过执行上述操作，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
在一种可选的方案中，当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量大于该传输块包含的编 码块的数量时，该标识信息中的部分比特位中的每个比特位指示一个该编码块；当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量等于该传输块包含的编码块的数量时，该标识信息中的每个比特位指示一个该编码块；当用于承载该标识信息的比特位的数量小于该传输块包含的编码块的数量时，该标识信息中至少存在一个比特位用于指示多个该编码块。
在又一种可选的方案中，该传输块至少包括第一传输块和第二传输块，所述标识信息用于指示第一编码块以使得所述终端设备根据预定义规则确定所述第一编码块和第二编码块，该第一编码块为该第一传输块中的编码块，该第二编码块为该第二传输块中的编码块。
在又一种可选的方案中，该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的编码速率，或该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数，或该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的编码速率，且该网络设备第N次发送的该第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的该第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数。
在又一种可选的方案中，该控制信息预定义了用于指示冗余版本的字段，用于指示冗余版本的字段还用于承载该标识信息。
在又一种可选的方案中，该控制信息预定义了用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段，用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段还用于承载该标识信息。
需要说明的是，各个操作的实现还可以对应参照图2所示的方法实施例的相应描述。
在图7所描述的终端设备70中，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
综上所述，通过实施本发明实施例，网络设备确定传输块中传输受影响的编码块(即目标编码块)，然后向终端设备发送控制信息来指示该终端设备丢弃掉该受影响的编码块对应的第一信号，并指示该终端设备接收该受影响的编码块对应的第二信号，响应地，该终端设备根据该控制信息的指示，丢弃全部或部分第一信号并接收第二信号，然后根据该第二信号对该受影响的编码块译码而不根据丢弃掉的第一信号译码，使得译码的结果更准确。
典型的eMBB业务有：超高清视频等，这些业务的主要特点是传输数据量大、传输速率高。典型的URLLC业务有：工业制造或生产流程中的无线控制、无人驾驶汽车和无人驾驶飞机的运动控制以及远程修理、远程手术等触觉交互类应用，这些业务的主要特点是要求超高可靠性、低延时，传输数据量较少以及具有突发性。典型的mMTC业务有：智能电网配电自动化、智慧城市等，其主要特点是联网设备数量巨大、传输数据量较小、数据对传输时延不敏感，这些mMTC终端需要满足低成本和长时间的待机需求。
此外，由于不同业务的数据传输需求和数据包到达特征往往不同，导致5G网络中一个小区内不同类型业务的数据因为对时延和可靠性的要求不同，可能还会出现一种业务抢占另一种业务的传输资源的情况。例如，URLLC业务的数据包的产生具有突发性和随机性， 可能在很长一段时间内都不会产生数据包，也可能在很短时间内产生多个数据包，且URLLC业务的数据包在多数情况下为小包，例如50个字节。而eMBB业务的数据量比较大，而且传输速率比较高，因此通常采用较长的时间单元进行数据传输以提高传输效率。因此，在进行数据传输时，当URLLC业务数据到达网络设备时，如果此时没有空闲的时频资源，网络设备为了满足URLLC业务的超短时延需求，可能会将已经分配的、用于传输eMBB业务数据的时频资源用于传输URLLC业务数据。此时，如果用户仍然按照原有方式进行译码，则会降低接收信号的可靠性。
本申请的技术方案可具体应用于各种通信网络中,例如：全球移动通讯系统(英文：Global System of Mobile communication，缩写：GSM)、码分多址(英文：Code Division Multiple Access，缩写：CDMA)、宽带码分多址(英文：Wideband Code Division Multiple Access，缩写：WCDMA)、时分同步码分多址(英文：Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access，缩写：TD-SCDMA)、通用移动通信系统(英文：Universal Mobile Telecommunication System，缩写：UMTS)、长期演进(英文：Long Term Evolution，缩写：LTE)网络等，随着通信技术的不断发展，本申请的技术方案还可用于未来网络，如5G网络，也可以称为新空口(英文：New Radio，缩写：NR)网络，或者可用于D2D(device to device)网络，M2M(machine to machine)网络等等。
本申请涉及的网络设备可以是指网络侧的一种用来发送或接收信息的实体，比如可以是基站，或者可以是传输点(英文：Transmission point，缩写：TP)、收发点(英文：transmission and receiver point，缩写：TRP)、中继设备，或者具备基站功能的其他网络设备等等，本申请不做限定。
在本申请中，终端设备是一种具有通信功能的设备，也可以称为终端，其可以包括具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备等。在不同的网络中终端设备可以叫做不同的名称，例如：终端，用户设备(英文：User Equipment，缩写：UE)，移动台，用户单元，站台，蜂窝电话，个人数字助理，无线调制解调器，无线通信设备，手持设备，膝上型电脑，无绳电话，无线本地环路台等。该终端设备可以是指无线终端、有线终端。该无线终端可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备，其可以经无线接入网(如RAN，radio access network)与一个或多个核心网进行通信。
在本申请中，基站也可称为基站设备，是一种部署在无线接入网用以提供无线通信功能的设备。在不同的无线接入系统中基站的名称可能有所不同，例如在而在通用移动通讯系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunications System，缩写：UMTS)网络中基站称为节点B(NodeB),在LTE网络中的基站称为演进的节点B(evolved NodeB，缩写：eNB或者eNodeB)，在未来5G系统中可以称为收发节点(Transmission Reception Point，缩写：TRP)网络节点或g节点B(g-NodeB，gNB)，等等，此处不一一列举。
下面对本申请的应用场景进行介绍，请参见图8，图8是本发明实施例提供的一种通信系统的架构图。具体的，如图8所示，该通信系统中可包括终端设备和网络设备，该终端设备和网络设备之间可进行通信，传输各种业务数据，比如对eMBB、URLLC、mMTC 等业务进行处理。由于不同业务的数据传输需求和数据包到达特征不同，如对时延和可靠性要求不同等，因此，需要根据业务特性来为传输的数据包分配资源。可选的，该资源可包括时域资源、频域资源、码字资源以及波束资源中的一种或多种。
具体的，该资源的分配可以由网络设备如基站进行。可选的，网络设备可以根据不同业务的特性采用预留资源的方式为业务数据分配资源。或者，可选的，网络设备也可以采用抢占(preemption)的方式，为业务数据分配资源，该抢占的方式有助于提升系统资源利用率，降低在无业务时造成的预留资源浪费。本申请以抢占方式为例进行详细说明。其中，“抢占”可以指网络设备在已经分配的用于传输第一业务数据的时频资源上选择部分或全部的时频资源用于传输第二业务数据，即在已经分配的用于传输一种业务数据的时频资源上选择部分或全部的时频资源用于传输另一种业务数据，网络设备在用于传输第二业务数据的时频资源上不发送该第一业务数据，如图9所示。因此，第一业务用户在对该已经分配的用于传输第一业务数据的时频资源上的数据进行处理时，需清除该用于传输第二业务数据的时频资源上的数据，即清除受影响的信号。可选的，受到第二业务数据影响的第一业务用户(或者被第二业务数据抢占资源的第一业务用户)可以为一个或多个，不同第一业务用户被第二业务数据影响的资源占网络设备为其分配的总资源的百分比可以不同。该“业务用户”可以是指接收该业务的数据对应的终端设备。因此，网络设备可向终端设备发送指示，使得终端设备能够根据指示清除该受影响的信号，即根据该指示对接收信号进行译码。
例如，假设第一业务数据为eMBB业务数据，第二业务数据为URLLC业务数据。由于URLLC业务数据具有突发性和短时延需求，为提升系统资源利用率，网络设备通常不会为URLLC业务数据的传输预留资源，而采用抢占的方式为URLLC业务数据分配资源。具体的，当URLLC业务数据到达网络设备时，如果此时没有空闲的时频资源，网络设备为了满足URLLC业务的超短时延需求，无法等待将本次调度的eMBB业务数据传输完成之后再对URLLC业务数据进行调度，则网络设备可在已经分配的、用于传输eMBB业务数据的时频资源上选择部分或全部的时频资源用于传输URLLC业务数据，且在用于传输URLLC业务数据的时频资源上不发送eMBB业务的数据，即“抢占”资源。如果URLLC业务数据有空闲的时频资源，则可以将该空闲的时频资源分配给该URLLC业务数据。
在本申请中，可以将该用于传输业务数据以传输块(Transport Block，缩写：TB)为单位进行描述。一个TB可以被分成一个多个编码块CB分别进行信道编码或译码，终端设备有能力对一个传输块中的不同CB进行独立译码。其中，一个TB可包括至少一个CBG，一个CBG包括至少一个CB。进一步的，在无线通信系统如5G NR系统中，对于配置了基于CBG重传模式的终端设备，网络设备可以指示基于一组CB即CBG的重传。例如，初始传输中传输的可以是完整的TB，在重传中只需要传输错误的CBG即可。
可选的，在本申请中，也可以将该用于传输业务数据以信息块为单位进行描述。该“信息块”可以包括一个或者多个TB，也可以是一个或者多个CB，还可以是一个或者多个CBG。因基站调度终端设备进行物理层数据传输时，实际传输的是一个或者多个信息块，一个信息块可包括若干信息比特。根据该信息比特的数目，该信息比特可以被分为一个或者多个编码块。以下以传输块为例进行说明。
在本申请中，“不用于传输块译码的信号”可以是指“不对传输块进行译码”，或者指“不译码传输块的信号”。
在本申请中，“受影响”可以是指由网络设备向终端设备指示的用于发送第一信号的时频资源在实际发送过程中没有承载该第一信号而是用来承载第二信号即其它的信号，也就是说，终端设备在预计发送该第一信号的时频资源上收到的信号不是该第一信号而是其它信号。或者，“受影响”可以指由网络设备向终端设备指示的用于发送该第一信号的时频资源没有承载该第一信号，也没有承载其它的任何信号，例如，网络设备在向终端设备指示某一资源用于承载第一信号之后，又决定将该资源空置或者不在该资源上发送任何信号，而利用该资源完成其它的目的，如利用该资源测量邻小区的干扰等。或者，“受影响”可以指由网络设备向终端设备指示的用于发送第一信号的时频资源承载了该第一信号，且该时频资源还承载了第二信号，即终端设备在该时频资源上接收到的信号中也包括除该第一信号以外的其它信号；其中，该第二信号可以是同一个网络设备发送的信号。例如，该网络设备采用叠加(superposition)的方式发送(比如在相同的时频资源上发送)该第一信号和第二信号给终端设备；或者，网络设备可以使用不同的信号特征发送第一信号和第二信号，以便于终端设备能够区分出该第一信号和第二信号，如网络设备可采用不同的调制映射方式或者不同的波形等发送该第一信号和第二信号。或者，“受影响”可以指由网络设备向终端设备指示的用于发送第一信号的时频资源承载了该第一信号，且该时频资源还承载了第二信号，该第二信号还可以是由不同于该网络设备的其它发送设备发送的，该第二信号对于终端设备可以是一种干扰，或者，该第二信号对于终端设备也可以是一种有用信号。
在本申请中，“清除信号”可以是指终端设备根据清除指示信息的指示、通信标准协议规范预定义的准则和方法、网络设备为终端设备配置的准则和方法中的一种或者多种实施清除操作。例如，该清除指示信息可以是CBG指示信息，终端设备可以根据CBG指示信息清除该CBG指示信息对应CBG的全部或者部分接收信号。该清除指示信息还可以是其他指示信息，如下述的第二指示信息和/或第四指示信息，用于指示在一次传输中，该次接收信号对应时频资源上哪些时频资源上的信号受到了影响。从而终端设备可以根据指示清除该资源对应的全部或者部分接收信号。
可选的，“清除信号”可以指不使用该“信号”进行译码，或者说，不根据该“信号”进行译码以及生成相应的ACK/NACK反馈信号。“清除信号”可以是部分清除被指示的信号或者全部清除被指示的信号。具体的，终端设备在“清除信号”时，可以在软存储器(soft buffer)中将待清除信号对应的软比特信息(soft bit information)设置为0；或者，终端设备不将待清除信号对应的信息写入软存储器；或者，终端设备在解调时不使用信号中与待清除信号对应的调制符号(例如，当做没有收到该调制符号处理)或待译码比特(例如，经过解调处理尚未进行译码处理；或者，终端设备不接收待清除信号；或者，终端设备丢弃该待清除信号对应的时域接收信号，或调制符号，或比特信息等等。进一步可选的，在本申请中，“丢弃discard”还可描述为“清除eliminate”、“丢掉drop”、“去除remove”、“抹掉obliterate”、“置零set to be zero”等等，本申请不做限定。
本申请公开了一种控制信息的指示方法、终端设备及网络设备，有助于提升接收信号 的可靠性。以下分别详细说明。
请参见图10，图10是本发明实施例提供的一种控制信息的指示方法的交互示意图。具体的，如图10所示，本发明实施例的控制信息的指示方法可以包括以下步骤：
1001、网络设备确定第一控制信息，该第一控制信息用于指示终端设备接收该网络设备发送的传输块，该传输块可至少包括第三传输块。
1002、网络设备向终端设备发送该第一控制信息。
具体的，该传输块可以包括一个或多个传输块，假设将该传输块包括的其中一个传输块记为第三传输块。进一步的，如果该传输块仅包括一个传输块，则该传输块即为该第三传输块。
可选的，该第一控制信息可包括至少一个专用控制字段组，每个专用控制字段组可以与一个传输块相对应，如该至少一个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组可对应该第三传输块。
进一步可选的，该第一控制信息可包括第一指示信息，该第一指示信息可用于指示该第三传输块为初传(又称“新传”，即第一次传输)或重传。进一步的，该第一控制信息还可用于指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，该第一指示信息可以承载于该第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组中。
1003、终端设备根据该第一控制信息丢弃该传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该传输块译码的信号。
具体的，终端设备可接收网络设备发送的第一控制信息。当该第一指示信息指示该第三传输块为重传，且该第一控制信息指示该传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备可以根据该第一控制信息丢弃该传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该传输块译码的信号，比如终端设备可根据该第一控制信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。可选的，该第一控制信息还可包括HARQ进程索引指示信息，该HARQ进程索引指示信息可用于指示该传输块对应的第一HARQ进程索引，则终端设备根据所述第一控制信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号时，可以具体为：当该第三传输块在与该第一HARQ进程索引对应的前j次传输中被该网络设备调度，且该第一控制信息指示该传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备根据该第一控制信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。其中，该j为正整数，例如，该j可以取值为1。可选的，该j的值可以预定义得到，比如出厂前预设于网络设备和/或终端设备中，或者，该j的值可以由网络设备通过信令动态或半静态通知给终端设备，如j的取值可以由网络设备通过物理层信令如下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，缩写：DCI)信令，媒体接入控制(Media Access Control，缩写：MAC)层信令，或者无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，缩写：RRC)层信令向终端设备指示，等等，本申请不做限定。
可选的，该第一控制信息还可包括第二指示信息，该第二指示信息可用于指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号；或者，由该第一控制信息隐式指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号。进一步可选的，该第二指示信息可以由第一控制信息中的一个字段承载。该字段可以专用于承载该第二指示 信息，也可以用于承载第二指示信息和/或其它指示信息或者控制信息。或者说，用于承载第二指示信息的字段可以仅用于承载第二指示信息，也可以是重用用于承载其它指示信息或者控制信息的字段来承载第二指示信息，还可以是重用用于承载第二指示信息的字段来承载其它指示信息或者控制信息。当重用用于承载其它指示信息或者控制信息的字段来承载第二指示信息时，被重用的字段可以是以下字段中的一个或者一个以上，调制与编码方案(Modulation and Coding Scheme，缩写：MCS)字段，HARQ进程索引字段，新数据指示(New Data Indication，缩写：NDI)字段，冗余版本(Redundancy Version，缩写：RV)字段等等，本申请不做限定。进一步可选的，该隐式指示的方式可以是指可以通过该第一控制信息的扰码向终端设备指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号，或者通过第一控制信息出现在该传输块之前的接收信号对应的反馈信息发送之前或者之后指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号,等等，本申请不做限定。
其中，该第二指示信息可以仅指示是否包括不用于传输块译码的信号(或者说，是否包括需要丢弃的信号，或者，是否包括受影响的信号)。即该第二指示信息仅指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号。当所述终端设备被配置了基于编码块组的重传模式时，即该传输块重传中网络设备可以向终端设备发送该传输块中的所有编码块/编码块组(即，编码块和/或编码块组)，也可以发送该传输块中的部分编码块/编码块组时，该第一控制信息还可包括至少一个数据指示信息如CBG指示信息(下面以数据指示信息为CBG指示信息为例进行说明)，该CBG指示信息可用于指示该传输块之前的接收信号中哪些CBG对应的接收信号是需要丢弃的信号(即哪些信号是受影响信号)，也即通过第二指示信息和CBG指示信息一起指示该传输块之前的接收信号中哪些CBG对应的接收信号是需要丢弃的信号。或者，该第二指示信息可以指示是否包括不用于传输块译码的信号，如果包括，该第二指示信息还可进一步指示该传输块之前的接收信号中的哪些CBG对应的接收信号需要丢弃，也即通过第二指示信息本身指示该传输块之前的接收信号中哪些CBG对应的接收信号是需要丢弃的信号，本申请不做限定。
进一步的，第二指示信息本身指示(或者第二指示信息和CBG指示信息一起指示)该传输块之前的接收信号中哪些CBG对应的接收信号是需要丢弃的信号时，第二指示信息(或者第二指示信息和CBG指示信息一起)可以直接指示该传输块中的一个传输块(例如第三传输块)，即指示该一个传输块之前的接收信号中哪些CBG对应的接收信号是需要丢弃的。这种情况下，如果该传输块中还包括除该一个传输块以外的需要被指示的其它传输块，终端设备可根据该一个传输块的需要被丢弃的信号确定其它传输块需要丢弃的信号。
进一步的，第二指示信息本身指示(或者第二指示信息和CBG指示信息一起指示)该传输块之前的接收信号中哪些CBG对应的接收信号是需要丢弃的信号时，第二指示信息可以分别直接指示该传输块中的至少两个传输块，即指示该至少两个传输块之前的接收信号中哪些CBG对应的接收信号是需要丢弃的。
作为一种可选的实施方式，该第二指示信息可承载于该至少一个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组中，且该第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载该第二指示信息的 专用控制字段组可以相同，也可以不同。具体的，该场景下，第一控制信息中可仅包括一个第二指示信息，该第二指示信息可以承载于(位于)一个传输块对应的专用控制字段组内，则该第二指示信息对该专用控制字段组对应的传输块有效，比如第二指示信息承载于第一个专用控制字段组时，该第二指示信息对于第一个传输块有效。
例如，该第二指示信息可以由第一控制信息中的1个专用控制字段组承载，比如该第一控制信息一次最多可以调度V个传输块，该第一控制信息可以分为V+1个区域，其中V个区域即为可以对应V个传输块的V个专用控制字段组，1个区域包括非专用控制字段(或者公共控字段组)，或者说该1个区域包括的控制字段如果涉及传输块则对所有传输块生效。如果某一专用控制字段组所对应的传输块在该次传输中被调度了，该专用控制字段组的指示信息仅对它所对应的传输块生效；如果该专用控制字段组对应的传输块在该次传输中没有被调度，该专用控制字段组的指示信息可全部无效，或者，该专用控制字段组的部分指示信息无效，或者该专用控制字段组的部分指示信息有效且有效的指示信息用于指示该区域的对应的传输块此次没有被调度，等等，从而能够减小误检测概率。
可选的，当该第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载该第二指示信息的专用控制字段组相同时，即可表明该第二指示信息对该第三传输块有效。进一步可选的，终端设备还可以进一步确定该第三传输块是初传或重传，并可以在确定该第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载该第二指示信息的专用控制字段组相同，且该第三传输块为重传时，确定该第二指示信息对该第三传输块有效。否则，如果该第三传输块为初传，即可确定该第二指示信息无效。进一步的，如果该第二指示信息对该第三传输块有效，且该第二指示信息指示传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备即可根据该第二指示信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。例如，如图11所示，该第一控制信息用于调度该第三传输块的第e次传输(第M次发送的一例)，该第二指示信息指示包括不用于该第三传输块译码的信号时，终端设备即可丢弃该第三传输块的第e-k次(第N次发送的一例)传输对应的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。其中，该e和k均为正整数，且e大于k。例如，该k可以取值为1。
可选的，当该第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载该第二指示信息的专用控制字段组不同时，即可表明该第一控制信息指示该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不包括不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，如果在与该第一HARQ进程索引对应的前j次传输中该网络设备还调度了其它传输块，且该第二指示信息指示该传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备可根据该第一控制信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号，以及，还可根据该第一控制信息以及该不用于第三传输块译码的信号与该第一HARQ进程索引对应的前j次传输中的时频资源位置丢弃该其它传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该其它传输块译码的信号，即根据第三传输块的受影响信号确定其它传输块的受影响信号。例如，如图12所示，该第一控制信息用于调度该第三传输块的第e次传输，该第二指示信息指示包括不用于该第三传输块译码的信号时，终端设备即可丢弃该第三传输块的第e-k次传输对应的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号，以及根据该不用于第三传输块译码的信号与该第三传输块的第e-k次传输中的时频资源位 置丢弃该其它传输块如第四传输块的第f-g次传输对应的接收信号中不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。其中，f和g均为正整数，且f>g。例如，该g可以取值为1。
进一步可选的，该传输块还可包括第四传输块，即此次调度了两个传输块，则该至少二个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组对应该第四传输块，该第四传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载该第二指示信息的专用控制字段组可以相同，也可以不同。进一步可选的，如果承载该第二指示信息的专用控制字段组和该第四传输块对应的专用控制字段组相同，即可表明该第一控制信息可用于指示该第四传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，该第一控制信息还可包括第三指示信息，该第三指示信息可用于指示该第四传输块为初传或重传。
可选的，当该第四传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载该第二指示信息的专用控制字段组不同，该第三指示信息指示该第四传输块为重传时，该第二指示信息还可以用于指示该第四传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。当该第三指示信息指示该第四传输块为初传时，即可确定该第一控制信息没有指示之前有受影响信号。
具体的，该第一控制信息还可用于指示该传输块对应的第一HARQ进程索引，当该第四传输块在与该第一HARQ进程索引对应的前j次传输中被该网络设备调度，且该第二指示信息指示该传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于传输块译码的信号时，该第二指示信息可以指示该第四传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，当该第二指示信息指示该第四传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该第四传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备可根据该第二指示信息丢弃该第四传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。例如，如图13所示，该第一控制信息用于调度该第三传输块的第e次传输和第四传输块的第f次传输，该第二指示信息指示包括不用于传输块译码的信号时，终端设备即可根据该第一控制信息(第二指示信息)丢弃该第三传输块的第e-k次传输对应的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号，以及根据该第一控制信息(第二指示信息)丢弃第四传输块的第f-g次传输对应的接收信号中不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。可选的，该第二指示信息可指示两个传输块都受影响，该第一控制信息中还可包括两个CBG指示信息，每个CBG指示信息与一个传输块对应，如第一CBG指示信息用于指示此次第三传输块的哪些CBG被传输，第二CBG指示信息用于指示此次第四传输块的哪些CBG被传输，终端设备可分别根据两个传输块各自的CBG指示信息把本次调度的CBG对应的之前传输的接收信号作为不用于译码的接收信号。
进一步可选的，该终端设备在根据该第二指示信息丢弃该传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该传输块译码的信号时，可根据该第二指示信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号，以及，根据该第二指示信息和该不用于该第三传输块译码的信号在与该第一HARQ进程索引对应的前j次传输中的时频资源位置丢弃该第四传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。
也就是说，在确定不用于译码的信号时，可以以一个传输块为主，另一个参考这个“一个传输块”，即根据一个传输块的受影响信号确定另外一个传输块的受影响信号，比如以第三传输块，或者第一个专用控制字段指示的传输块，或者前一次传输中采用MCS序号较大、 或者编码速率较高、或者调制阶数较大的传输块为主，确定另外一个传输块的受影响信号。
举例来说，假设k取1，第二指示信息指示前一次传输中的第三传输块和第四传输块均包括不用于译码的信号，该第三传输块为两次传输中都包括的传输块，第四传输块为被第二指示信息指示的前一次传输中调度的另一个传输块，如图12或13所示。对于第三传输块，终端设备可确定由该CBG指示信息指示的CBG(或第二指示信息指示的CBG)对应的前一次的接收信号，为不用于译码的信号；对于第四传输块，终端设备可根据该CBG对应的时频资源确定该第四传输块前一次的接收信号中的哪些不用于译码。
具体的，在根据一个传输块的受影响信号确定另外一个传输块的受影响信号，如根据第三传输块的受影响信号确定第四传输块的受影响信号时，该两个传输块通常是空分的，即这两个传输块使用相同范围的时频资源，但是被映射在不同空间层上。当一个传输块如第三传输块的接收信号受影响时，对应时频资源上的其它空间层上的另一个传输块如第四传输块对应时频位置也可能受到影响。例如，如图14所示，终端设备采用本申请的方法确定第e-k次传输中的第一层上的CB#1-C受到影响，相应地，终端设备也可以确认第二层上的CB2-B对应的黑框的时频资源也受到了影响。
在本实施例中，该第一控制信息中可包括一个用于指示之前的接收信号是否包括不用于传输块译码的信号(即指示之前是否有受影响信号)的指示信息，即第二指示信息，第二指示信息可以承载于一个传输块对应的专用控制字段组内。终端设备可根据第一控制信息确定该第一控制信息调度了几个传输块。如果仅调度了1个传输块，即第三传输块，且该第三传输块是由未包括第二指示信息的专用控制字段组调度的，终端设备即可确定该第一控制信息没有指示之前有受影响信号。如果仅调度了该第三传输块，且该第三传输块是由包括第二指示信息的专用控制字段组调度的，还可检测该第三传输块为初传或重传，比如根据上述的第一指示信息确定是否为初传。如果该第三传输块是初传，即可表明第二指示信息无效；如图11所示，如果为重传(假设该第一控制信息是指示该第三传输块的第e次传输)，即可表明该第二指示信息有效。在第二指示信息有效时，即可确定该第二指示信息指示是否包括受影响信号，即不用于该传输块译码的信号。如果包括，终端设备即可根据第二指示信息丢弃第三传输块之前的接收信号(如该第三传输块的第e-k次传输)中受影响信号；如果第二指示信息不包括不用于该传输块译码的信号，即可表明该第一控制信息没有指示之前有受影响信号。进一步的，终端设备在根据第二指示信息丢弃第三传输块之前的接收信号如第e-k次传输对应的接收信号中受影响信号时，如果第三传输块之前的第e-k次传输对应的接收信号还包括了其它传输块(如第四传输块的第f-g次传输)，如图12所示，终端设备即可根据该第二指示信息确定第三传输块的第e-k次传输中的受影响信号，以及根据第三传输块的受影响信号确定该其它输块的受影响信号。
进一步的，在本实施例中，如果该第一控制信息调度了2个传输块，即第三传输块和第四传输块，以承载第二指示信息的专用控制字段组对应的传输块为第三传输块，另一个为第四传输块为例。则可确定该第三传输块和第四传输块为初传或重传，比如根据上述的第一指示信息和第三指示信息确定是否为初传。如果该第三传输块和第四传输块均为初传，则可确定第一控制信息没有指示之前有受影响信号。如果该第三传输块为初传，第四传输块为重传，则可确定第一控制信息未指示之前有受影响信号；如果第三传输块为重传，第 四传输块是初传，如图15所示，即可确定第二指示信息指示是否包括受影响信号。如果第二指示信息指示包括受影响信号，终端设备可根据第二指示信息丢弃第三传输块之前的接收信号(如该第三传输块的第e-k次传输)中受影响信号；如果第二指示信息指示不包括受影响信号，则可确定第一控制信息没有指示之前有受影响信号。如果第三传输块为重传，第四传输块也为重传，且第二指示信息指示包括受影响信号，终端设备还可确定第三传输块之前的第e-k次传输对应的传输中是否包括第四传输块。如果仅包括第三传输块，如图15所示，终端设备即可根据第二指示信息丢弃第三传输块的第e-k次传输中的受影响信号。如果包括第三传输块和第四传输块，如图13所示，终端设备即可根据第二指示信息确定第三传输块的第e-k次传输中的受影响信号，以及根据第三传输块的受影响信号确定第四传输块的受影响信号以进行丢弃。如果第二指示信息指示不包括受影响信号，即可确定第一控制信息没有指示之前有受影响信号。
进一步的，在本实施例中，终端设备可以根据第一控制信息的指示(例如第二指示信息本身指示，或者第二指示信息和CBG指示信息一起指示)丢弃某一次传输的受影响的接收信号(例如第e-k次传输或者第一HARQ索引对应的前j次传输)，也可以丢弃该传输块之前的接收信号中与受影响的编码块组和/或传输块相应的部分或者全部接收信号。
作为一种可选的实施方式，该第二指示信息也可承载于该第一控制信息中除该专用控制字段组以外的控制字段中，如公共控制字段中，该第二指示信息即可用于指示该专用控制字段组对应的所有传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号。
例如，第二指示信息可以由控制信息中的1个控制信息比特承载，如该第一控制信息可以分为V+1个区域，包括1个“公共区域”，即公共控制字段，其余的V个区域即为V个专用控制字段组，该V个专用控制字段组分别对应该次传输的V个传输块。该公共控制字段包括(承载)的信息对所有在该次传输中被调度了的传输块生效，或者，与该次传输的所有传输块无关。
可选的，当该第一控制信息(第二指示信息)指示该传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备可根据该第一控制信息(第二指示信息)丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。
具体的，该第一控制信息还可用于指示该传输块对应的第一HARQ进程索引；该终端设备根据该第一控制信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号，可以具体为：当该第三传输块在与该第一HARQ进程索引对应的前j次传输中被该网络设备调度，且该第一控制信息指示该传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备即可根据该第一控制信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。其中，该k为正整数，例如，该k可以取值为1。
进一步可选的，如果在与该第一HARQ进程索引对应的前j次传输中该网络设备还调度了其它传输块，且该第二指示信息指示该传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备可根据该第一控制信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号，以及，还可根据该第一控制信息以及该不用于第三传输块译码的信号与该第一HARQ进程索引对应的前j次传输中的时频资源位置丢弃该其它传输 块之前的接收信号中不用于该其它传输块译码的信号，即根据第三传输块的受影响信号确定其它传输块的受影响信号。
进一步可选的，该传输块还可包括第四传输块，该第一控制信息还可包括第三指示信息，该第三指示信息用于指示该第四传输块是初传或重传。如果该第三指示信息指示该第四传输块为初传，即可确定该第一控制信息(第二指示信息)没有指示第四传输块之前有受影响信号。如果该第三指示信息指示该第四传输块为重传，即可确定该第一控制信息(第二指示信息)指示第三传输块和第四传输块之前是否有受影响信号。进一步的，该第二指示信息可以指示之前的(如前一次)传输中的第三传输块和第四传输块包括不用于译码的信号，即指示两个传输块都受影响，但是终端设备确定前一次传输只传输了第三传输块时，该第二指示信息可仅用于指示第三传输块。
可选的，当该第三指示信息指示该第四传输块为重传时，该第一控制信息还可用于指示该传输块对应的第一HARQ进程索引；该第三传输块和该第四传输块在与该第一HARQ进程索引对应的前j次传输中被该网络设备调度，且在该前j次传输中该第三传输块的调制编码方案索引大于或等于该第四传输块的调制编码方案索引，或者，该第三传输块的调制阶数大于或等于该第四传输块的调制阶数，或者，该第三传输块的编码速率大于或等于该第四传输块的编码速率。也就是说，如果第e次和第e-k(当k＝j时)次传输均调度了两个传输块，即可将调制编码方案索引即MCS序号较大，或者编码速率较高，或者调制阶数较大的传输块作为该第三传输块。
进一步可选的，当该第二指示信息指示该第三传输块和第四传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该第四传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备可根据该第二指示信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号，以及根据该第二指示信息丢弃该第四传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。可选的，该第二指示信息可指示两个传输块都受影响，该第一控制信息中还可包括两个CBG指示信息，每个CBG指示信息与一个传输块对应，如第一CBG指示信息用于指示此次第三传输块的哪些CBG被传输，第二CBG指示信息用于指示此次第四传输块的哪些CBG被传输，终端设备可分别根据两个传输块各自的CBG指示信息把本次调度的CBG对应的之前传输的接收信号作为不用于译码的接收信号。
进一步可选的，当该第一控制信息指示该传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该传输块的信号时，该终端设备即可根据该第一控制信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号；以及，根据该第一控制信息和该不用于该第三传输块译码的信号在该前j次传输中的时频资源位置丢弃该第四传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第四传输块译码的信号，即根据第三传输块的受影响信号确定其它传输块的受影响信号。
具体的，在确定不用于译码的信号时，可以以一个传输块为主，另一个参考这个“一个传输块”，即根据一个传输块的受影响信号确定另外一个传输块的受影响信号，比如以第三传输块，或者第一个专用控制字段指示的传输块，或者前一次传输中采用MCS序号较大、或者编码速率较高、或者调制阶数较大的传输块为主，确定另外一个传输块的受影响信号。可选的，假设以第三传输块为主，该第一控制信息中还可包括两个CBG指示信息。第一CBG指示信息可用于指示此次第三传输块的哪些CBG被调度，第二CBG指示信息可用于 指示此次第四传输块的哪些CBG被调度。对于第三传输块，终端设备可确定由该第一CBG指示信息指示的CBG对应的前j次(如前一次)的接收信号，为不用于译码的信号；对于第四传输块，终端设备可根据该第一CBG对应的时频资源确定该第四传输块前f次(如前一次)的接收信号中的哪些不用于译码。该根据第三传输块的受影响信号确定第四传输块的受影响信号并进行信号丢弃的方式可参照上述实施例的描述，此处不赘述。
在本实施例中，该第一控制信息中可包括一个用于指示之前的接收信号是否包括不用于传输块译码的信号(即指示之前是否有受影响信号)的指示信息，即第二指示信息，该第二指示信息可以承载于除专用控制字段组内以外的控制字段，如公共控制字段，或者，承载于第一控制信息的扰码中。终端设备可根据第一控制信息确定该第一控制信息调度了几个传输块。如果仅调度了1个传输块，即第三传输块，可检测该第三传输块为初传或重传，比如根据上述的第一指示信息确定是否为初传。如果该第三传输块是初传，即可表明第二指示信息无效；如图11所示，如果为重传(假设该第一控制信息是指示该第三传输块的第e次传输)，即可表明该第二指示信息有效。在第二指示信息有效时，即可确定该第二指示信息指示是否包括受影响信号，即不用于该传输块译码的信号。如果包括，终端设备即可根据第二指示信息丢弃第三传输块之前的接收信号(如该第三传输块的第e-k次传输)中受影响信号；如果第二指示信息不包括不用于该传输块译码的信号，即可表明该第一控制信息没有指示之前有受影响信号。进一步的，终端设备在根据第二指示信息丢弃第三传输块之前的接收信号如第e-k次传输对应的接收信号中受影响信号时，如果第三传输块之前的第e-k次传输对应的接收信号还包括了其它传输块(如第四传输块的第f-g次传输)，如图12所示，终端设备即可根据该第二指示信息确定第三传输块的第e-k次传输中的受影响信号，以及根据第三传输块的受影响信号确定该其它输块的受影响信号。
进一步的，在本实施例中，如果该第一控制信息调度了2个传输块，即第三传输块和第四传输块。则终端设备可确定该第三传输块和第四传输块为初传或重传，比如根据上述的第一指示信息和第三指示信息确定是否为初传。如果该第三传输块和第四传输块均为初传，则可确定第一控制信息没有指示之前有受影响信号。如果该两个传输块一个为初传另一个为重传，则可将该重传的传输块作为第三传输块，并确定第二指示信息指示是否包括受影响信号。如果第二指示信息指示包括受影响信号，终端设备可根据第二指示信息丢弃第三传输块之前的接收信号(如该第三传输块的第e-k次传输)中受影响信号；如果第二指示信息指示不包括受影响信号，则可确定第一控制信息没有指示之前有受影响信号。如果第三传输块为重传，第四传输块也为重传，且第二指示信息指示包括受影响信号，则终端设备可根据第二指示信息和第一CBG指示信息丢弃接收信号中对应的第三传输块的CBG信号，以及根据第二指示信息和第二CBG指示信息丢弃接收信号对应的第四传输块的CBG信号(该第一CBG指示信息和第二CBG指示信息可承载于该第一控制信息中)；或者，终端设备还可在确定之前的第e-k次传输调度了该第三传输块时，再根据第二指示信息和第一CBG指示信息丢弃接收信号中对应的第三传输块的CBG信号，在确定之前的第f-g次传输调度了该第四传输块时，再根据第二指示信息和第二CBG指示信息丢弃接收信号对应的第四传输块的CBG信号；或者，如图13所示，如果该两个传输块均在前j次传输中被调度了，则可将MCS序号较大、或者编码速率较高、或者调制阶数较大的传输块 作为该第三传输块，终端设备即可根据第二指示信息确定第三传输块的第e-k次传输中的CBG信号即受影响信号，以及根据第三传输块的受影响信号确定第四传输块的受影响信号以进行丢弃；如果前j次传输仅调度了第三传输块，如图15所示，终端设备即可根据第二指示信息丢弃第三传输块的第e-k次传输中的CBG信号即受影响信号。如果第二指示信息指示不包括受影响信号，即可确定第一控制信息没有指示之前有受影响信号。
进一步的，在本实施例中，终端设备可以根据第一控制信息的指示(例如第二指示信息本身指示，或者第二指示信息和CBG指示信息一起指示)丢弃某一次传输的受影响的接收信号(例如第e-k次传输或者第一HARQ索引对应的前j次传输)，也可以丢弃该传输块之前的接收信号中与受影响的编码块组和/或传输块相应的部分或者全部接收信号。
作为一种可选的实施方式，该第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载该第二指示信息对应的专用控制字段组可以相同，该第二指示信息可用于指示该第三传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。
进一步的，当该第二指示信息指示该第三传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该第三传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备即可根据该第二指示信息丢弃该第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第三传输块译码的信号。
可选的，该传输块还可包括第四传输块，该至少二个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组对应该第四传输块，该第四传输块对应的专用控制字段组和该第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组不同。进一步的，该第一控制信息还可包括第三指示信息和第四指示信息，该第三指示信息可用于指示该第四传输块为初传或重传，该第四指示信息可用于指示该第四传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。
其中，该第四指示信息可以承载于该第四传输块对应的专用控制字段组中。进一步可选的，该第三指示信息也可以承载于该第四传输块对应的专用控制字段组中。
进一步的，当第三指示信息可用于指示该第四传输块为重传，该第四指示信息指示该第四传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于该第四传输块译码的信号时，该终端设备即可根据该第四指示信息丢弃该第四传输块之前的接收信号中不用于该第四传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，在本实施例中，终端设备可以根据第一控制信息的指示(例如第二指示信息本身指示，或者第二指示信息和CBG指示信息一起指示)丢弃某一次传输的受影响的接收信号(例如第e-k次传输或者第一HARQ索引对应的前j次传输)，也可以丢弃该传输块之前的接收信号中与受影响的编码块组和/或传输块相应的部分或者全部接收信号。例如，该第一控制信息还可包括两个CBG指示信息，即第一CBG指示信息和第二CBG指示信息。其中，该第一CBG指示信息可用于指示此次第三传输块的哪些CBG被传输，第二CBG指示信息可用于指示此次第四传输块的哪些CBG被传输。终端设备即可根据第二指示信息和第一CBG指示信息确定第三传输块对应的之前传输接收信号中不用译码的信号，以及根据第四指示信息和第二CBG指示信息确定第四传输块对应的之前传输接收信号中不用译码的信号。
在可选的实施例中，该第一控制信息也可以实际调度1个传输块，即第三传输块，但是该第一控制信息可以包括两个用于指示是否包括不用于传输块译码的指示信息，如上述 的第二指示信息和第四指示信息。则终端设备需要判断哪个指示信息有效，具体可将被调度的传输块如第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组承载的指示信息确定为有效指示信息，进而根据该有效指示信息进行信号丢弃。
在本实施例中，如果该第一控制信息调度了1个传输块，即第三传输块，且该通过第二指示信息指示该第三传输块是否包括不用于译码的信号。则终端设备可检测该第三传输块为初传或重传，比如根据上述的第一指示信息确定是否为初传。如果是初传，即可表明第二指示信息无效；如图11所示，如果为重传(假设该第一控制信息是指示该第三传输块的第e次传输)，即可表明该第二指示信息有效。在第二指示信息有效时，即可确定该第二指示信息指示是否包括受影响信号，即不用于该传输块译码的信号。如果包括，终端设备即可根据第二指示信息丢弃第三传输块之前的接收信号(如该第三传输块的第e-k次传输)中受影响信号；如果第二指示信息不包括不用于该传输块译码的信号，即可表明该第一控制信息没有指示之前有受影响信号。进一步的，终端设备在根据第二指示信息丢弃第三传输块之前的接收信号如第e-k次传输对应的接收信号中受影响信号时，如果第三传输块之前的第e-k次传输对应的接收信号还包括了其它传输块(如第四传输块的第f-g次传输)，如图12所示，终端设备即可根据该第二指示信息确定第三传输块的第e-k次传输中的受影响信号，以及根据第三传输块的受影响信号确定该其它输块的受影响信号。
进一步的，在本实施例中，如果该第一控制信息调度了2个传输块，即第三传输块和第四传输块，两个传输块各自有一个指示信息，分别指示是否包括不用于译码的信号，以第二指示信息指示第三传输块，第四指示信息指示第四传输块为例。则可确定该第三传输块和第四传输块为初传或重传，比如根据上述的第一指示信息和第三指示信息确定是否为初传。如果该第三传输块和第四传输块均为初传，则可确定第一控制信息没有指示之前有受影响信号。如果第三传输块为重传，第四传输块是初传，即可确定第二指示信息指示是否包括受影响信号，如果第二指示信息指示包括受影响信号，终端设备可根据第二指示信息丢弃第三传输块之前的接收信号(如该第三传输块的第e-k次传输)中受影响信号，如图15所示；如果第二指示信息指示不包括受影响信号，则可确定第一控制信息没有指示之前有受影响信号。如果该第三传输块为初传，第四传输块为重传，则可确定第四指示信息指示是否包括受影响信号，如果第四指示信息指示包括受影响信号，终端设备可根据第四指示信息丢弃第四传输块之前的接收信号(如该第四传输块的第f-g次传输)中受影响信号；如果第四指示信息指示不包括受影响信号，则可确定第一控制信息没有指示之前有受影响信号。如果第三传输块为重传，第四传输块也为重传，则可分别确定第二指示信息和第四指示信息指示是否包括受影响信号，如图13或16所示，如果第二指示信息指示包括受影响信号，终端设备即可根据第二指示信息丢弃第三传输块的第e-k次传输中的受影响信号；如果第四指示信息指示包括受影响信号，终端设备即可根据第四指示信息丢弃第四传输块的第f-g次传输中的受影响信号。如果第二指示信息指示不包括受影响信号，即可确定第三传输块之前没有受影响信号；如果第四指示信息指示不包括受影响信号，即可确定第四传输块之前没有受影响信号。
进一步的，在本实施例中，终端设备可以根据第一控制信息的指示(例如第二指示信息本身指示和第四指示信息本身指示，或者，第二指示信息、第四指示信息和CBG指示信 息一起指示)丢弃某一次传输的受影响的接收信号(例如第e-k次传输或者第一HARQ索引对应的前j次传输)也可以丢弃该传输块之前的接收信号中与受影响的编码块组和/或传输块相应的部分或者全部接收信号。
在本申请中，该j、e、k、f、g均为正整数，且e大于k，f大于g。其中，该j、k、g中任两者的取值可以相同，也可以不同；或者，该j、k、g三者的取值均相同，比如取值为1或者为其他值。该e和f的取值可以相同，也可以不同。可选的，该j、k、g的值可以预定义得到，比如出厂前预设于网络设备和/或终端设备中，或者，该j、k、g的值可以由网络设备通过信令动态或半静态通知给终端设备，如j、k、g的取值可以由网络设备通过物理层信令如DCI信令，MAC层信令，RRC层信令向终端设备指示，等等，本申请不做限定。
在本申请中，网络设备可通过向终端设备发送第一控制信息，以指示其调度的传输块是否为初传以及指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号，使得终端设备能够根据该第一控制信息的指示确定该传输块之前的接收信号是否存在受影响的信号，进而在存在时可及时地丢弃该受影响的信号，这就有助于提升接收信号的可靠性，避免因发生资源抢占而导致的信号接收不可靠的问题。
上述方法实施例都是对本申请的控制信息的指示方法的举例说明，对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重，某个实施例中没有详述的部分，可以参见其他实施例的相关描述。
图17示出了上述实施例中所涉及的终端设备的一种可能的结构示意图，参阅图17所示，该终端设备1700可包括：通信单元1701。该终端设备1700还可选的包括处理单元1702。其中，这些单元可以执行上述方法示例中的相应功能，例如，通信单元1701，用于接收网络设备发送的第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于指示所述终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的传输块，所述传输块至少包括第三传输块；其中，所述第一控制信息包括至少二个专用控制字段组，所述至少二个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组对应所述第三传输块；所述第一控制信息包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第三传输块为重传，所述第一控制信息还用于指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号。
可选的，所述处理单元1702，用于当所述第一控制信息指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号时，根据所述第一控制信息丢弃所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号。
可选的，所述第一控制信息还包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号；或者，所述第一控制信息隐式指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号。进一步可选的，该第二指示信息可以由第一控制信息中的一个字段承载。该字段可以专用于承载该第二指示信息，也可以用于承载第二指示信息和/或其它指示信息或者控制信息；或者说，用于承载第二指示信息的字段可以仅用于承载第二指示信息，也可以是重用用于承载其它指示信息或者控制信息的字段来承载第二指示信息，还可以是重用用于承载第二指示信息 的字段来承载其它指示信息或者控制信息。当重用用于承载其它指示信息或者控制信息的字段来承载第二指示信息时。被重用的字段可以是以下字段中的一个或者多个，MCS字段，HARQ进程索引字段，NDI字段，RV字段等等。进一步可选的，该隐式指示的方式可以是指可以通过该第一控制信息的扰码向终端设备指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号，或者通过第一控制信息出现在该传输块之前的接收信号对应的反馈信息发送之前或者之后指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，该第二指示信息可以仅指示是否包括不用于传输块译码的信号，则该第一控制信息还可包括至少一个数据指示信息，该数据指示信息可用于指示该传输块之前的接收信号中哪些信号是需要丢弃的信号(即哪些信号是受影响信号)，比如该数据指示信息可以是CB指示信息和/或CBG指示信息。或者，该第二指示信息可以指示是否包括不用于传输块译码的信号，如果包括，该第二指示信息还可进一步指示该传输块之前的接收信号中的需丢弃的信号，如哪些CB和/或CBG对应的信号需要丢弃。进一步的，如果通过数据指示信息指示，每一个传输块可对应一个数据指示信息。或者，该第一控制信息也可以仅包括一个数据指示信息，终端设备可根据该数据指示信息对应的传输块的需要被丢弃的信号确定其它传输块需要丢弃的信号。或者，第二指示信息本身指示(或者第二指示信息和CBG指示信息一起指示)该传输块之前的接收信号中哪些CB和/或CBG对应的接收信号是需要丢弃的信号时，第二指示信息可以分别直接指示该传输块中的至少两个传输块，即指示该至少两个传输块之前的接收信号中哪些CB和/或CBG对应的接收信号是需要丢弃的。
可选的，所述第二指示信息承载于所述至少一个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组中；所述第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载所述第二指示信息的专用控制字段组相同或不同。
进一步可选的，所述处理单元1702，还可用于当所述第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载所述第二指示信息的专用控制字段组相同，且所述第二指示信息指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号时，根据所述第二指示信息丢弃所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，当所述第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载所述第二指示信息的专用控制字段组不同时，所述第一控制信息指示所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中不包括不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述传输块还包括第四传输块，所述至少二个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组对应所述第四传输块，且所述第四传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载所述第二指示信息的专用控制字段组不同；所述第一控制信息还包括第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第四传输块为初传或重传。
进一步可选的，当所述第三指示信息指示所述第四传输块为重传时，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第四传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述第一控制信息还用于指示所述传输块对应的第一混合自动重传请 求HARQ进程索引；当所述第四传输块在与所述第一HARQ进程索引对应的前一次传输中被所述网络设备调度，且所述第二指示信息指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号时，所述第二指示信息指示所述第四传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述处理单元1702，还可用于根据所述第二指示信息丢弃所述第四传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述处理单元1702，还可用于根据所述第二指示信息丢弃所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号；以及，根据所述第二指示信息和所述不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号在与所述第一HARQ进程索引对应的前一次传输中的时频资源位置丢弃所述第四传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号。
可选的，所述第二指示信息承载于所述第一控制信息中除所述至少二个专用控制字段组以外的控制字段中，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述至少二个专用控制字段组对应的所有传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述处理单元1702，还可用于当所述第一控制信息指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号时，根据所述第一控制信息丢弃所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述第一控制信息还用于指示所述传输块对应的第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程索引；
所述处理单元1702，可具体用于当所述第三传输块在与所述第一HARQ进程索引对应的前一次传输中被所述网络设备调度，且所述第一控制信息指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号时，根据所述第一控制信息丢弃所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述传输块包括第四传输块；所述第一控制信息还包括第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第四传输块是初传或重传。
进一步可选的，所述第一控制信息还用于指示所述传输块对应的第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程索引，所述第三指示信息指示所述第四传输块为重传；所述第三传输块和所述第四传输块在与所述第一HARQ进程索引对应的前一次传输中被所述网络设备调度，且在所述前一次传输中所述第三传输块的调制编码方案索引大于或等于所述第四传输块的调制编码方案索引，或者，所述第三传输块的调制阶数大于或等于所述第四传输块的调制阶数，或者，所述第三传输块的编码速率大于或等于所述第四传输块的编码速率。
进一步可选的，所述处理单元1702，还可用于当所述第一控制信息指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述传输块的信号时，根据所述第一控制信息丢弃所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号；以及，根据所述第一控制信息和所述不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号在所述前一次传输中的时频资源位置丢弃所述第四传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号。
可选的，所述第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载所述第二指示信息对应的专用控制字段组相同，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括 不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述处理单元1702，还可用于当所述第二指示信息指示所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号时，根据所述第二指示信息丢弃所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述传输块还包括第四传输块，所述至少二个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组对应所述第四传输块；所述第一控制信息还包括第三指示信息和第四指示信息，所述第三指示信息指示所述第四传输块为重传，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第四传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号，所述第四指示信息承载于所述第四传输块对应的专用控制字段组中。
进一步可选的，所述处理单元1702，还可用于当所述第四指示信息指示所述第四传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号时，根据所述第四指示信息丢弃所述第四传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，处理单元1702，还可用于根据第一控制信息的指示(例如第二指示信息本身指示，或者第二指示信息和CBG指示信息一起指示)丢弃某一次传输的受影响的接收信号(例如第e-k次传输或者第一HARQ索引对应的前j次传输)，也可以丢弃该传输块之前的接收信号中与受影响的编码块组和/或传输块相应的部分或者全部接收信号。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。本发明实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，图18示出了上述实施例中所涉及的终端设备的另一种可能的结构示意图，如图18所示，该终端设备1800可包括：处理单元1802和通信单元1803。处理单元1802可用于对终端设备的动作进行控制管理，例如，处理单元1802用于支持终端设备执行图10中的过程1003，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。通信单元1803可用于支持终端设备与其他网络实体的通信，例如与图10至图17中示出的网络实体或功能单元之间的通信。终端设备还可以包括存储单元1801，用于存储终端设备的程序代码和数据。
其中，处理单元1802可以是处理器或控制器，例如可以是中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，CPU)，通用处理器，数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)，专用集成电路(Application-Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)，现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框，模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信单元1803可以是收发器。存储单元1801可以是存储器。
参阅图19所示，另一个实施例中，该终端设备1900可包括：处理器1902、收发器1903以及存储器1901。其中，收发器1903、处理器1902以及存储器1901相互连接。其中，处理器可以执行上述处理单元1802的功能，收发器可以与上述通信单元1803功能类似，存 储器可以与上述存储单元1801功能类似。该收发器1903可以包括接收器和发射器，或者由接收器和发射器集成得到，本申请不做限定。
结合本申请公开内容所描述的方法或者算法的步骤可以硬件的方式来实现，也可以是由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成，软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(Read Only Memory，ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable ROM，EPROM)、电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、只读光盘(CD-ROM)或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器，从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息，且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然，存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外，该ASIC可以位于终端设备中。当然，处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于终端设备中。
图20示出了上述实施例中所涉及的网络设备的一种可能的结构示意图，参阅图20所示，该网络设备20002000可包括：通信单元2001。该网络设备2000还可选的包括处理单元2002。其中，这些单元可以执行上述方法示例中网络设备的相应功能，例如，通信单元2001，用于向终端设备发送第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于指示所述终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的传输块，所述传输块至少包括第三传输块；其中，所述第一控制信息包括至少二个专用控制字段组，所述至少二个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组对应所述第三传输块；所述第一控制信息包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第三传输块为重传，所述第一控制信息还用于指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号。所述处理单元2002，可用于确定该第一控制信息，进而通过该通信单元2001发送该第一控制信息。
可选的，所述第一控制信息还包括第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号；或者，所述第一控制信息隐式指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号。
可选的，所述第二指示信息承载于所述至少一个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组中；所述第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载所述第二指示信息的专用控制字段组相同或不同。
进一步可选的，如果所述传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号时，所述第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组可以和承载所述第二指示信息的专用控制字段组相同，且所述第二指示信息可指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号。从而终端设备能够根据所述第二指示信息丢弃所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，当所述第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载所述第二指示信息的专用控制字段组不同时，所述第一控制信息指示所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中不包括不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述传输块还包括第四传输块，所述至少二个专用控制字段组中的一 个专用控制字段组对应所述第四传输块，且所述第四传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载所述第二指示信息的专用控制字段组不同；所述第一控制信息还包括第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第四传输块为初传或重传。
进一步可选的，当所述第三指示信息指示所述第四传输块为重传时，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第四传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述第一控制信息还用于指示所述传输块对应的第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程索引；当所述第四传输块在与所述第一HARQ进程索引对应的前一次传输中被所述网络设备调度，且所述第二指示信息指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号时，所述第二指示信息指示所述第四传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号。
可选的，所述第二指示信息承载于所述第一控制信息中除所述至少二个专用控制字段组以外的控制字段中，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述至少二个专用控制字段组对应的所有传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，如果所述传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号，所述第一控制信息可指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号。从而该终端设备可根据所述第一控制信息丢弃所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述第一控制信息还用于指示所述传输块对应的第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程索引。从而在所述第三传输块在与所述第一HARQ进程索引对应的前一次传输中被所述网络设备调度，且所述第一控制信息指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号时，终端设备能够根据所述第一控制信息丢弃所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述传输块包括第四传输块；所述第一控制信息还包括第三指示信息，所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第四传输块是初传或重传。
进一步可选的，所述第一控制信息还用于指示所述传输块对应的第一混合自动重传请求HARQ进程索引，所述第三指示信息指示所述第四传输块为重传；所述第三传输块和所述第四传输块在与所述第一HARQ进程索引对应的前一次传输中被所述网络设备调度，且在所述前一次传输中所述第三传输块的调制编码方案索引大于或等于所述第四传输块的调制编码方案索引，或者，所述第三传输块的调制阶数大于或等于所述第四传输块的调制阶数，或者，所述第三传输块的编码速率大于或等于所述第四传输块的编码速率。
可选的，所述第三传输块对应的专用控制字段组和承载所述第二指示信息对应的专用控制字段组相同，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述第二指示信息可指示所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号。从而该终端设备可根据所述第二指示信息丢弃所述第三传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第三传输块译码的信号。
进一步可选的，所述传输块还包括第四传输块，所述至少二个专用控制字段组中的一 个专用控制字段组对应所述第四传输块；所述第一控制信息还包括第三指示信息和第四指示信息，所述第三指示信息指示所述第四传输块为重传，所述第四指示信息用于指示所述第四传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号，所述第四指示信息承载于所述第四传输块对应的专用控制字段组中。
进一步可选的，所述第四指示信息可指示所述第四传输块之前的接收信号中包括不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号。从而该终端设备可根据所述第四指示信息丢弃所述第四传输块之前的接收信号中不用于所述第四传输块译码的信号。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例中对单元的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。本发明实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，图21示出了上述实施例中所涉及的网络设备的另一种可能的结构示意图，如图21所示，该网络设备2100可包括：处理单元2102和通信单元2103。处理单元2102可用于对网络设备的动作进行控制管理，例如，处理单元2102用于支持网络设备执行图10中的过程1001，和/或用于本文所描述的技术的其它过程。通信单元2103用于支持网络设备与其他网络实体的通信，如与图10至图20中示出的网络实体或功能单元之间的通信，例如，通信单元2103用于支持网络设备执行图10中的过程1002。网络设备还可以包括存储单元2101，用于存储网络设备的程序代码和数据。
其中，处理单元2102可以是处理器或控制器，例如可以是中央处理器(Central Processing Unit，CPU)，通用处理器，数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor，DSP)，专用集成电路(Application-Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)，现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框，模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信单元2103可以是收发器。存储单元2101可以是存储器。
参阅图22所示，另一个实施例中，该网络设备2200可包括：处理器2202、收发器2203以及存储器2201。其中，收发器2203、处理器2202以及存储器2201相互连接。其中，处理器可以执行上述处理单元2102的功能，收发器可以与上述通信单元2103功能类似，存储器可以与上述存储单元2101功能类似。该收发器2203可以包括接收器和发射器，或者由接收器和发射器集成得到，本申请不做限定。
结合本申请公开内容所描述的方法或者算法的步骤可以硬件的方式来实现，也可以是由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成，软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、闪存、只读存储器(Read Only Memory，ROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable ROM，EPROM)、电可擦可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM，EEPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、只读光盘(CD-ROM)或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器，从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息，且可向该存储介质写入信息。 当然，存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外，该ASIC可以位于网络设备中。当然，处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于网络设备中。
在本申请中，网络设备可通过向终端设备发送第一控制信息，以指示其调度的传输块是否为初传以及指示该传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于该传输块译码的信号，使得终端设备能够根据该第一控制信息的指示确定该传输块之前的接收信号是否存在受影响的信号，进而在存在时可及时地丢弃该受影响的信号，这就有助于提升接收信号的可靠性，避免因发生资源抢占而导致的信号接收不可靠的问题。
在实现过程中，上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成，或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器，闪存、只读存储器，可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器，处理器读取存储器中的信息，结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复，这里不再详细描述。
还应理解，本文中涉及的第一、第二、第三、第四以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分，并不用来限制本发明实施例的范围。
应理解，本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
应理解，在本申请的各种实施例中，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step)，能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本发明实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用 介质或者是包括一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例方法中的全部或部分流程，该流程可以由计算机程序来指令相关的硬件完成，该程序可存储于计算机可读取存储介质中，该程序在执行时，可包括如上述各方法实施例的流程。而前述的存储介质包括：ROM或随机存储记忆体RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可存储程序代码的介质。

Claims (33)

  1. 一种信号发送方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备向终端设备发送传输块TB，所述传输块为第N次发送的传输块且所述传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送控制信息，所述控制信息包含用于指示所述至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息，所述控制信息用于指示所述终端设备丢弃所述终端设备接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并指示所述终端设备接收第二信号，所述第二信号用于所述终端设备对所述标识信息指示的编码块译码，被丢弃的所述第一信号不用于所述终端设备对所述标识信息指示的编码块译码，所述第一信号为所述终端设备第N次接收到的所述标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，所述第二信号为所述终端设备第M次接收到的所述标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于：
    当用于承载所述标识信息的比特位的数量大于所述传输块包含的编码块的数量时，所述标识信息中的部分比特位中的每个比特位指示一个所述编码块；
    当用于承载所述标识信息的比特位的数量等于所述传输块包含的编码块的数量时，所述标识信息中的每个比特位指示一个所述编码块；
    当用于承载所述标识信息的比特位的数量小于所述传输块包含的编码块的数量时，所述标识信息中至少存在一个比特位用于指示多个所述编码块。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述传输块至少包括第一传输块和第二传输块，所述标识信息用于指示第一编码块以使得所述终端设备根据预定义规则确定所述第一编码块和第二编码块，所述第一编码块为所述第一传输块中的编码块，所述第二编码块为所述第二传输块中的编码块。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的编码速率，或所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数，或所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的编码速率，且所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数。
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制信息预定义了用于指示冗余版本的字段，用于指示冗余版本的字段还用于承载所述标识信息。
  6. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制信息预定义了用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段，用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段还用于 承载所述标识信息。
  7. 根据权利要求1-6任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备向终端设备发送传输块TB之后，所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送控制信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述网络设备将所述至少一个编码块中满足预设条件的编码块确定为目标编码块，所述标识信息用于指示所述目标编码块。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，所述预设条件包括如下至少一项：
    所使用的时频资源中受影响的时频资源所占的比例达到预设阈值；
    所使用的MCS方案属于预设MCS方案；
    所使用的RV的序号等于预设RV序号。
  9. 一种信号接收方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备接收网络设备发送的传输块TB，所述传输块为所述网络设备第N次发送的传输块且所述传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；
    所述终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的控制信息，所述控制信息包含用于指示所述至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息；
    所述终端设备根据所述控制信息的指示丢弃接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并接收第二信号；所述第一信号为所述终端设备第N次接收到的所述标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，所述第二信号为所述终端设备第M次接收到的所述标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N；
    所述终端设备根据所述第二信号对所述标识信息指示的编码块译码，不根据所述丢弃的第一信号对所述标识信息指示的编码块译码。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于：
    当用于承载所述标识信息的比特位的数量大于所述传输块包含的编码块的数量时，所述标识信息中的部分比特位中的每个比特位指示一个所述编码块；
    当用于承载所述标识信息的比特位的数量等于所述传输块包含的编码块的数量时，所述标识信息中的每个比特位指示一个所述编码块；
    当用于承载所述标识信息的比特位的数量小于所述传输块包含的编码块的数量时，所述标识信息中至少存在一个比特位用于指示多个所述编码块。
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述传输块至少包括第一传输块和第二传输块，所述标识信息用于指示第一编码块以使得所述终端设备根据预定义规则确定所述第一编码块和第二编码块，所述第一编码块为所述第一传输块中的编码块，所述第二编码块为所述第二传输块中的编码块。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一 编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的编码速率，或所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数，或所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的编码速率，且所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数。
  13. 根据权利要求9-12任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制信息预定义了用于指示冗余版本的字段，用于指示冗余版本的字段还用于承载所述标识信息。
  14. 根据权利要求9-12任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述控制信息预定义了用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段，用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段还用于承载所述标识信息。
  15. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：
    第一发送单元，用于向终端设备发送传输块TB，所述传输块为第N次发送的传输块且所述传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；
    第二发送单元，用于向所述终端设备发送控制信息，所述控制信息包含用于指示所述至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息，所述控制信息用于指示所述终端设备丢弃所述终端设备接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并指示所述终端设备接收第二信号，所述第二信号用于所述终端设备对所述标识信息指示的编码块译码，被丢弃的所述第一信号不用于所述终端设备对所述标识信息指示的编码块译码，所述第一信号为所述终端设备第N次接收到的所述标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，所述第二信号为所述终端设备第M次接收到的所述标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的网络设备，其特征在于：
    当用于承载所述标识信息的比特位的数量大于所述传输块包含的编码块的数量时，所述标识信息中的部分比特位中的每个比特位指示一个所述编码块；
    当用于承载所述标识信息的比特位的数量等于所述传输块包含的编码块的数量时，所述标识信息中的每个比特位指示一个所述编码块；
    当用于承载所述标识信息的比特位的数量小于所述传输块包含的编码块的数量时，所述标识信息中至少存在一个比特位用于指示多个所述编码块。
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述传输块至少包括第一传输块和第二传输块，所述标识信息用于指示第一编码块以使得所述终端设备根据预定义规则确定所述第一编码块和第二编码块，所述第一编码块为所述第一传输块中的编码块，所述第二编码块为所述第二传输块中的编码块。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述网络设备第N次发送的所 述第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的编码速率，或所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数，或所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的编码速率，且所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数。
  19. 根据权利要求15-18任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述控制信息预定义了用于指示冗余版本的字段，用于指示冗余版本的字段还用于承载所述标识信息。
  20. 根据权利要求15-18任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述控制信息预定义了用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段，用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段还用于承载所述标识信息。
  21. 根据权利要求15-20任一项所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述网络设备还包括：
    确定单元，用于在所述第一发送单元向终端设备发送传输块TB之后，所述第二发送单元向所述终端设备发送控制信息之前，将所述至少一个编码块中满足预设条件的编码块确定为目标编码块，所述标识信息用于指示所述目标编码块。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述预设条件包括如下至少一项：
    所使用的时频资源中受影响的时频资源所占的比例达到预设阈值；
    所使用的MCS方案属于预设MCS方案；
    所使用的RV序号等于预设RV序号。
  23. 一种终端设备，其特征在于，包括：
    第一接收单元，用于接收网络设备发送的传输块TB，所述传输块为所述网络设备第N次发送的传输块且所述传输块包括至少一个编码块CB；
    第二接收单元，用于接收所述网络设备发送的控制信息，所述控制信息包含用于指示所述至少一个编码块中的编码块的标识信息；
    处理单元，用于根据所述控制信息的指示丢弃接收到的第一信号中的部分或全部信号并接收第二信号；所述第一信号为所述终端设备第N次接收到的所述标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，所述第二信号为所述终端设备第M次接收到的所述标识信息指示的编码块对应的接收信号，M和N均为正整数且M大于N；
    译码单元，用于根据所述第二信号对所述标识信息指示的编码块译码，不根据所述丢弃的第一信号对所述标识信息指示的编码块译码。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的终端设备，其特征在于：
    当用于承载所述标识信息的比特位的数量大于所述传输块包含的编码块的数量时，所述标识信息中的部分比特位中的每个比特位指示一个所述编码块；
    当用于承载所述标识信息的比特位的数量等于所述传输块包含的编码块的数量时，所述标识信息中的每个比特位指示一个所述编码块；
    当用于承载所述标识信息的比特位的数量小于所述传输块包含的编码块的数量时，所述标识信息中至少存在一个比特位用于指示多个所述编码块。
  25. 根据权利要求23或24所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述传输块至少包括第一传输块和第二传输块，所述标识信息用于指示第一编码块以使得所述终端设备根据预定义规则确定所述第一编码块和第二编码块，所述第一编码块为所述第一传输块中的编码块，所述第二编码块为所述第二传输块中的编码块。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的编码速率，或所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数，或所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一编码块采用的编码速率大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的编码速率，且所述网络设备第N次发送的所述第一编码块采用的调制映射阶数大于第N次发送的所述第二编码块采用的调制映射阶数。
  27. 根据权利要求23-26任一项所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述控制信息预定义了用于指示冗余版本的字段，用于指示冗余版本的字段还用于承载所述标识信息。
  28. 根据权利要求23-26任一项所述的终端设备，其特征在于，所述控制信息预定义了用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段，用于指示编码调制方案或者调制方案的字段还用于承载所述标识信息。
  29. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，所述通信系统包括网络设备和终端设备，其中：
    所述网络设备为权利要求15-22任一项所述的网络设备；
    所述终端设备为权利要求23-28任一项所述的终端设备。
  30. 一种控制信息的指示方法，其特征在于，包括：
    终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于指示所述终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的传输块，所述传输块至少包括第三传输块；
    其中，所述第一控制信息包括至少二个专用控制字段组，所述至少二个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组对应所述第三传输块；
    所述第一控制信息包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第三传输块为重传，所述第一控制信息还用于指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号。
  31. 一种控制信息的指示方法，其特征在于，包括：
    网络设备向终端设备发送第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于指示所述终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的传输块，所述传输块至少包括第三传输块；
    其中，所述第一控制信息包括至少二个专用控制字段组，所述至少二个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组对应所述第三传输块；
    所述第一控制信息包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第三传输块为重传，所述第一控制信息还用于指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号。
  32. 一种终端设备，其特征在于，包括：通信单元；
    所述通信单元，用于接收网络设备发送的第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于指示所述终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的传输块，所述传输块至少包括第三传输块；
    其中，所述第一控制信息包括至少二个专用控制字段组，所述至少二个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组对应所述第三传输块；
    所述第一控制信息包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第三传输块为重传，所述第一控制信息还用于指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号。
  33. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，包括：处理单元和通信单元；
    所述处理单元，用于确定第一控制信息，所述第一控制信息用于指示终端设备接收所述网络设备发送的传输块，所述传输块至少包括第三传输块；
    所述通信单元，用于向终端设备发送所述第一控制信息；
    其中，所述第一控制信息包括至少二个专用控制字段组，所述至少二个专用控制字段组中的一个专用控制字段组对应所述第三传输块；
    所述第一控制信息包括第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第三传输块为重传，所述第一控制信息还用于指示所述传输块之前的接收信号中是否包括不用于所述传输块译码的信号。
PCT/CN2018/075455 2017-02-06 2018-02-06 一种信号发送方法、相关设备及系统 Ceased WO2018141309A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201710065784 2017-02-06
CN201710065784.X 2017-02-06
CN201710685928.1A CN108400857B (zh) 2017-02-06 2017-08-11 一种信号发送方法、相关设备及系统
CN201710685928.1 2017-08-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018141309A1 true WO2018141309A1 (zh) 2018-08-09

Family

ID=63039383

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/075455 Ceased WO2018141309A1 (zh) 2017-02-06 2018-02-06 一种信号发送方法、相关设备及系统

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018141309A1 (zh)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI717822B (zh) * 2018-09-06 2021-02-01 大陸商電信科學技術研究院有限公司 多傳輸點資料處理的方法、基地台、使用者終端及電腦可讀存儲介質

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140341050A1 (en) * 2013-05-15 2014-11-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel estimate under non-uniform reference signal pattern
CN105979597A (zh) * 2016-06-27 2016-09-28 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 通信资源的分配方法、分配装置、基站和终端

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20140341050A1 (en) * 2013-05-15 2014-11-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Channel estimate under non-uniform reference signal pattern
CN105979597A (zh) * 2016-06-27 2016-09-28 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 通信资源的分配方法、分配装置、基站和终端

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
SAMSUNG: "Summary of E-mail Discussions on Multiplexing eMBB and URLLC in DL", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG1 NR AD-HOC MEETING R1-1700972, 10 January 2017 (2017-01-10), XP051203264 *
SAMSUNG: "TB/CB Handling for eMBB", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG1 NR AD-HOC MEETING R1-1700958, 10 January 2017 (2017-01-10), XP051203251 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI717822B (zh) * 2018-09-06 2021-02-01 大陸商電信科學技術研究院有限公司 多傳輸點資料處理的方法、基地台、使用者終端及電腦可讀存儲介質
US11595179B2 (en) 2018-09-06 2023-02-28 Datang Mobile Communications Equipment Co., Ltd. Method for processing multi-transmission reception point (TRP) data, base station, terminal, and storage medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3550752A1 (en) Method device and system for feedback
WO2018171605A1 (zh) 接收信息的方法及其装置和发送信息的方法及其装置
CN108270509B (zh) 发送控制信息的方法和装置及接收控制信息的方法和装置
CN109756979B (zh) 传输信息的方法和通信设备
KR102857916B1 (ko) 무선 통신 방법, 장치 및 통신 시스템
CN108400857B (zh) 一种信号发送方法、相关设备及系统
JP7303378B2 (ja) 物理サイドリンクフィードバックチャネルリソースを決定するための方法及び装置
WO2018171603A1 (zh) 发送数据的方法及其装置和接收数据的方法及其装置
CN109152051B (zh) 一种发送和接收数据的方法和装置
US11224037B2 (en) Data transmission method, terminal device, and network device
WO2018171606A1 (zh) 接收数据的方法及其装置和发送数据的方法及其装置
CN111133817A (zh) 通信方法和装置
WO2018137664A1 (zh) 传输方法、网络设备和终端设备
JP7670065B2 (ja) 動作方法および通信デバイス
WO2018228600A1 (zh) 一种发送和接收数据的方法和装置
CN114157400B (zh) 一种码本的处理方法及装置
CN110351748B (zh) 用于行动通信系统的用户装置及基站
US20200067644A1 (en) Data feedback method and related device
WO2018188637A1 (zh) 发送信息的方法及其装置和接收信息的方法及其装置
CN108270513B (zh) 发送控制信息的方法和装置及接收控制信息的方法和装置
US20230180024A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2019047193A1 (zh) 信号传输方法、相关装置及系统
WO2018121332A1 (zh) 发送数据的方法和装置及接收数据的方法和装置
WO2018082424A1 (zh) 数据传输的方法和装置
WO2019192500A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18748174

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18748174

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1